Se Guides Netra 402324
Se Guides Netra 402324
Se Guides Netra 402324
Code Name
Madrid Congo Turgo
Code Name
Aurigi Aries Draco
Code Name
N6000AC N6000DC Formula 1
# of Blade Slots
10 10 12
# of Switch Slots
N/A N/A 2
# of NEM Slots
2 2 N/A
Code Name
Scottsdale NX6270M2 Silverstone ATCA Hamilton Monza Kimi Alonso
CPU Arch.
UST2+ Intel SPARC T3 Intel UST2 Intel AMD
Montoya Andretti
UST1 AMD
1 1
16GB 8GB
Drive Sizes
146GB/300GB/450GB (and CSM2 Trays)
Storage Capacity
730GB 50.4TB
RAID
Fibre
3RU
73GB/146GB/300GB/400GB/450GB 365GB - 7.2TB 500GB/750GB/1TB None 2.5TB - 16TB N/A Expansion Fibre 3RU
EOL Servers
Server
Netra 1290 (AC) Netra 1290 (DC) Netra 1280 Netra X4450 (AC) Netra X4450 (DC) Netra X4200 M2 (AC) Netra X4200 M2 (DC) Netra 440 (AC) Netra 440 (DC) Netra 240 (AC) Netra 240 (DC) Netra 210 (AC) Netra 210 (DC) Netra 20 (AC) Netra 20 (DC) Netra ft 1800 Netra t 1405 Netra t 1400 Netra t 1125 Netra t 1120
Product Code
N80 N80 N40 NX445 NX445 N87 N87 N42 N42 N54 N54 N79 N79 N28 N28 N05 N14 N15 N03 N04
Code Name
Everglades AC Everglades DC Lightweight 8 Argo AC Argo DC Draco AC Draco DC Chalupa 19 Chalupa 19 Enchilada 19 Enchilada 19 Salsa 19 Salsa 19 Lightweight 2+ Lightweight 2+ Sheffield Lightweight 3 Lightweight 3 Lightweight 2 Lightweight 2
EOL Date
LOD: 10/14/09 LOD: 10/14/09 LOD: 10/09/07 LOD: 06/15/10 LOD: 06/15/10 LOD: 04/05/11 LOD: 04/05/11 LOD: 11/13/08 LOD: 11/13/08 LOD: 11/13/08 LOD: 11/13/08 LOD: 06/09/09 LOD: 06/09/09 LOD: 10/06/04 LOD: 10/06/04 LOD: 09/06/02 LOD: 01/15/04 LOD: 01/15/04 LOD: 09/06/02 LOD: 09/06/02
Netra T2000 (AC) Netra T2000 (DC) Netra 120 Netra T1 AC200 Netra T1 DC200 Netra t1 105 Netra t1 100 Netra X1 Netra ct 810 Netra ct 410 Netra ct 820 Netra ct 800 Netra ct 400 Return to Top
N20 N20 N25 N21 N21 N06 N07 N19 N09 N09 N35 N08 N08
Pelton AC Pelton DC Flapjack 2+ Flapjack 2 Flapjack 2 Flapjack Flapjack Flapjack Lite Makaha Makaha Sanibel 21 Monte Carlo Tonga
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
64GB 64GB 4GB 2GB 2GB 1GB 1GB 2GB 4GB 4GB 2GB 1GB 1GB
1 PCI-E, 3 PCI-X 1 PCI-E, 3 PCI-X 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI 1 PCI None 6 cPCI (6U) 3 cPCI (6U) 18 cPCI (6U) 6 cPCI (6U) 2 cPCI (6U)
(4) SAS (4) SAS (2) SCSI (2) SCSI (2) SCSI (2) SCSI (2) SCSI (2) EIDE (2) SCSI (1) SCSI (1) PMC (2) SCSI (1) SCSI
LOD: 10/13/10 LOD: 10/13/10 LOD: 12/16/05 LOD: 11/08/02 LOD: 11/08/02 LOD: 08/23/02 LOD: 08/23/02 LOD: 07/12/02 LOD: 08/19/08 LOD: 08/19/08 LOD: 12/31/05 LOD: 05/13/04 LOD: 05/13/04
Product Code
CP3010
Code Name
Schumacher
EOL Date
Drive Sizes
73GB/146GB/300GB/400GB/450GB/500GB/750GB/1TB/2TB (and CSM2 Trays) 250GB/500GB/400GB 36GB/73GB/146GB/300GB
RAID or JBOD
RAID
StorageTek 3320
Orion
73GB/146GB/300GB
RAID/JBOD SCSI
2U
StorEdge 3310
Minnow SCSI
36GB73GB/146GB/300GB 36GB/73GB/146GB/300GB
2U 1U
StorageTek Hickory 73GB/146GB/300GB/400GB/450GB/500GB/600GB/750GB/1TB/2TB 2540 FC (and ST2501 Trays) StorageTek Hickory 73GB/146GB/300GB/400GB/450GB/500GB/600GB/750GB/1TB/2TB 2530 SAS (and ST2501 Trays) StorageTek 2510 Netra st A1000 Netra st D1000 StorEdge S1 Netra D130 Return to Top Omaha iSCSI Avalanche Avalanche Coyote LVD Coyote 73GB/146GB/300GB/400GB/450GB/500GB/600GB/750GB/1TB/2TB (and ST2501 Trays) 9GB/18GB/36GB 9GB/18GB/36GB 18GB/36GB/73GB/146GB 18GB/36GB
LOD: 12/31/10 LOD: 12/31/10 LOD: 12/31/10 LOD: 06/04/04 LOD: 06/04/04 LOD: 09/29/06 LOD: 05/31/02
Code Name
N/A N/A
Rack Units
1U 4U
EOL Date
LOD: 10/17/03 LOD: 01/11/00
Additional Links
Sun System Handbook Hardware Product Overview Return to Top Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.162 2011/03/16 15:10:52 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Madrid
Family Info
Netra SPARC T3-1 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
(1) SPARC T3 Processor (16) Cores with (128) Simultaneous Threads Up to 128GB of Memory Up to (4) SAS-2 Disk Drives
(3) PCI-E I/O Expansion Slots NEBS Level 3 Certified (2) PCI-E / XAUI Combo I/O (2) AC or DC Power Supplies Expansion Slots (N+1) (4) RJ45 10/100/1000 Ethernet Ports 2RU Rackmount Form Factor
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra SPARC T3-1 is a SPARC T3 processor based server. q The Netra SPARC T3-1 is a single processor, 2RU entry level server within the next generation of SPARC based servers. The Netra SPARC T3-1 supports up to 128GB of memory, up to (4) SAS2 HDDs, has (5) PCI-E slots and redundant AC or DC power supplies.
q
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
02/01/2011 - The Netra SPARC T3-1 server was originally announced (Systems Update FY2011 Update#15 ID#11543).
Software
q q
Details
Solaris 10 9/10 Support for Solaris 10 10/09 (U8) + MU9 (Maintenance Update 9) Integrated Lights-Out Manager (ILOM) Oracle VM Server for SPARC2.0
Notes
Operating System
Management Software
The SPARC T3-1 uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) delivering direct manageability, full monitoring by SNMP, secure access and control, and graphical user interface and comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM.
Hardware
Details
Notes
16-Core CPUs: q SPARC T3 1.65GHz
Processors (CPUs)
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q
Memory
Maximum of 128GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supplies
q q
Systems must be configured with (2) 1100W AC or DC power supplies The system will function with (1) power supply It is not supported to mix power supply types In normal operation, the power supplies share the power demands of the system equally It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa
(5) PCI-E Gen2 slots with the following slot designated specifications: q (2) Full Height (FH), Half Length (HL) slots r Slots are x16 physical slot / x8 electrical q (3) Low Profile slots r Slots are x8 physical / x8 electrical r (2) of the slots are PCI-E / XAUI slots s These (2) slots are a combination of low profile PCI-E x8 and XAUI slots s These (2) slots can be used for 10GbE by adding Sun XAUI cards
q q q
(4) internal drive bays 300GB 2.5" SAS-2 drives Integrated hard drive controller that supports RAID 0 and RAID 1
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for drive configuration details and notes.
Internal DVD
(1) DVD/RW
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for drive configuration details and notes.
None None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet Serial
Details
None None (4) Gigabit Ethernet ports (1) Serial port
q
Notes
(4) onboard 10/100/1000Mb RJ45 ports (1) DB-9 connector The Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) feature is a system controller, built into the server, that enables you to remotely manage and administer the server (1) 10/100BASE-T (RJ-45) ethernet port for serial management (1) 10/100BASE-T (RJ-45) ethernet port for network management
ILOM ports
Parallel USB
None
q
There are (4) external ports r (2) USB 2.0 ports in the front and (2) in the rear The Netra SPARC T3-1 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse The USB ports on the Netra SPARC T3-1 would be used to connect a keyboard and mouse Built in HD15 video port
Keyboard
None
Graphics Audio
Telco Alarm
(1) Dry Contact Alarm (DCA) output port (DB15) on the rear panel, which connects to the service processor for reporting applicationspecific conditions.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
q
The internal disks in the Netra SPARC T3-1 At least (1) hard drive must be installed to provide a boot disk SAN and DAS booting is supported
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.43" (87.1mm) 17.52" (445mm) 20.71" (526mm) ~38.5 lbs (17.5kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100 - 240 VAC, 50-60Hz Input Voltage DC Power: q -48 to -60 VDC
Details
AC Power: q 6.0A @ 100 VAC max q 3.0A @ 200 VAC max Input Current DC Power: q 12.5A @ -48 VDC max q 10A @ -60 VDC max
q
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 2RU
q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 19" racks that meet EIA-310-D, including M6, 10-32, and square holes
Ships With
q
Details
q q
19" fixed mount rackmount kit Misc. Manuals Systems with DC power supplies ship with WAGO connectors
Miscellaneous Info
Details
16-Core SPARC T3 Processor Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: TBD q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 3A / G q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.7 2011/03/08 03:00:28 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Congo
Family Info
Netra T5440 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
(2) UltraSPARC T2+ Processors (8) PCI-E Slots (2 XAUI) Up to (12) Internal SAS Disk Drives Up to 256GB of Memory (2) PCI-X Slots NEBS Level 3 Certified
(4) RJ45 10/100/1000 Ethernet (4) AC or DC Power Supplies Ports (N+2) Integrated Lights Out Manager 4RU Rackmount Form Factor (ILOM) System Controller
System
Details
This section provides a brief overview of the system
Notes
The Netra T5440 is an UltraSPARC T2+ processor based server. q The Netra T5440 is a NEBS Level 3 certified 4RU server with (2) processors, up to (32) DIMM slots, (12) drive bays, (6) PCI-E and (2) PCI-X expansion slots, and redundant AC or DC power supplies.
q
System Overview
System Information
08/05/08 - The Netra T5440 DC version was originally announced. See intro for details. 09/16/08 - The Netra T5440 AC version was originally announced. See intro for details. 11/10/09 - New Netra T5440 configurations with a SATA based DVD drive are announced. The PATA based DVD configurations are announced EOL. See intro for details.
System Installation
See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
q q
Solaris 10 pre-installed on standard configurations. Primary domain requires Solaris 10 (8/07) or later. Guest domain requires Solaris 10 (11/06) or later. The Netra T5440 uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM), delivering direct manageability, full monitoring of the server by SNMP, secure access and control, and graphical user interface and comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM.
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
The Netra T5440 server supports (2) UltraSPARC T2+ processors. 8-Core CPUs: q UST2+ 8-core 1.4GHz q UST2+ 8-core 1.2GHz 6-Core CPUs: q UST2+ 6-core 1.2GHz Processors (CPUs) (2) UltraSPARC 4-Core CPUs: q UST2+ 4-core 1.2GHz T2+ processors Additional Notes q Supports Chip Multithreading Technology (CMT) q Supports up to (128) simultaneous threads (8 threads per core) q A separate Floating Point Unit for each core q On-chip Cryptography q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
Memory
Maximum of 256GB
(32) DIMM slots r (16) FBDIMM slots on motherboard r (16) FBDIMM slots via memory mezzanine connected to motherboard Supports 2GB, 4GB and 8GB DIMMs
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supplies
q q q
(4) (2+2 redundant) 650W AC or DC power supplies The power supplies are hot-swappable It is not supported to mix power supply types It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa
(8) PCI Express (PCI-E) slots with the following slot designated specifications: q (2) full-length, full-height x8 electrical PCI-E slots (x16 physical) q (4) low-profile x8 electrical PCI-E slots (x8 physical) q (2) PCI-E / XAUI combo slots with the following slot designated specifications: r Low-profile x8 electrical PCI-E (x8 (6) PCI-E physical) or XAUI combo slots slots r These (2) slots can be used for 10GbE by (2) PCI-E or adding Sun XAUI cards. XAUI combo r (2) XAUI riser cards provide slots that slots access the on-chip 10GbE interfaces on the (2) PCI-X UltraSPARC T2+. slots (2) PCI-X slots with the following slot designated specifications: q Both full-length, full-height, 3.3V, 64-bit @ 133MHz Additional Notes: q All PCI-E/XAUI/PCI-X cards are installed using supplied PCI riser and mezzanine boards.
q q q
(12) internal drive bays 146GB or 300GB SAS drives The Netra T5440 has an integrated disk controller (LSI SAS1068E) on the motherboard. r Supported RAID levels are RAID 0, RAID 1 and RAID 0+1
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
Internal DVD/CD
(1) Slimline q DVDRW/CDRW Drive Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes. None
The DVDRW/CDRW drive is included with Netra T5440 standard configurations. 8x DVD-ROM and 24x CD-ROM, 6x or 8x DVD Write, 10x or 24x CD Write Supports SATA or PATA DVD drive
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None
q
Notes
(4) onboard 10/100/1000 Mb/s RJ45 ports 10GbE ports are available by adding Sun XAUI cards. (1) DB-9 connector The Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) feature is a system controller, built into the server, that enables you to remotely manage and administer the server. (1) 10/100BASE-T (RJ-45) ethernet port for serial management (1) 10/100BASE-T (RJ-45) ethernet port for network management (2) USB ports in the front (2) USB ports in the rear
Serial
Telco Alarm
(1) Dry Contact Alarm (DCA) output port (DB-15) on the rear panel, which connects to the service processor for reporting application-specific conditions.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
The internal disks in the T5440.
N/A
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 6.86" (174.2mm) 17.5" (445mm)
Details
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100 - 240 VAC, 50-60Hz Input Voltage DC Power: q -48 to -60 VDC AC Power: q 7.2A @ 200 VAC max Input Current DC Power: q 19A @ -48 VDC max
q
Details
Power Consumption
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N 19" racks that meet EIA-310-D, including M6, 10-32, and square holes.
Supported Racks
q q q
Ships With
q q
Details
q q
19" 4-post fixed rackmount kit Assorted mounting hardware Miscellaneous cables and connectors Systems with DC power supplies ship with WAGO connectors
Miscellaneous Info
Details
8-Core UltraSPARC T2+ Processor Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 4 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 2B/E (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : Tier 3 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 2 q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA 6-Core UltraSPARC T2+ Processor Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 4 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1C/C (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : Tier 3 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA 4-Core UltraSPARC T2+ Processor Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 4 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : Tier 3 (Processor price tier)
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.6 2011/03/08 03:01:40 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Turgo
Family Info
Netra T5220 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
(1) UltraSPARC T2 Processor Up to 64GB of Memory (2) PCI-E / XAUI Combo I/O (2) PCI-E Slots Expansion Slots (2) PCI-X Slots (2) AC or DC Power Supplies (N+1)
Up to (4) Internal SAS Drives NEBS Level 3 Certified Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) System Controller 2RU Rackmount Form Factor
System
Details
This section provides a brief overview of the system
Notes
The Netra T5220 is an UltraSPARC T2 processor based server. q The Netra T5220 is a NEBS Level 3 certified 2RU server with (1) processor, up to (16) DIMM slots, (4) drive bays, (4) PCI-E/XAUI and (2) PCI-X expansion slots, and redundant AC or DC power supplies.
q
System Overview
System Information
04/15/08 - The Netra T5220 was originally announced. See intro for details. 09/29/09 - New Netra T5220 configurations with a SATA based DVD drive are announced. The PATA based DVD configurations are announced EOL. See intro for details.
System Installation
See notes
Software
q
Details
Solaris 10 (08/07) or later
q
Notes
Solaris 10 08/07 comes pre-installed. q Operating systems support for the primary domain begins with Solaris 10 8/07, and OS support for the guest domain begins with Solaris 10 11/06. The Netra T5220 has the the following software preinstalled: q Solaris 10 8/07 q Sun Java Enterprise System 5 U1 q Sun Studio 12 q Logical Domains Manager 1.1 q Logical Domains MIB 1.1 q GCC for SPARC Systems Version [4.0.4] q CMT Developer Tools Version [1.0] q Corestat 1.2.0 q Binary Improvement Tool (BIT) and Simple Performance Optimization Tool (SPOT) q Automatic Tuning and Trouble-Shooting System (ATS)
Operating System
Pre-installed Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
8-Core CPUs: q UST2 1.2GHz 4-Core CPUs: q UST2 1.2GHz Details: q Supports Chip Multithreading Technology (CMT). q Supports up to 64 simultaneous threads (8 threads per core). q A separate Floating Point Unit for each core. q On-chip Cryptography:
q
Processors (CPUs)
Streams processing unit per core, support for the 10 most popular ciphers The SPUs provide wire-speed cryptographic acceleration with over 10 popular ciphers supported, including DES, 3DES, AES, RC4, SHA-1, SHA-256, MD5, RSA to 2048 key, ECC, and CRC32.
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q
Memory
Maximum of 64GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q q
Power Supplies
q q q
(2) high efficiency 650W AC or DC power supplies The power supplies provide N+1 redundancy The power supplies are hot-swappable It is not supported to mix power supply types It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa
The Netra T5220 has (6) I/O expansion slots: (4) PCI-E Gen1 slots: q (1) Full-length, full-height x8 PCI-E electrical (x16 mechanical) q (1) Low-profile x8 PCI-E electrical (x8 mechanical) q (2) Low-profile x4 PCI-E electrical or XAUI combo slots (x8 mechanical) r Slots 0 and 1 are a combination of low profile PCI-Express 4 lane and XAUI slots r Both slots can be used for 10Gbe Ethernet by adding Sun XAUI cards (2) PCI-E/XAUI r (2) XAUI riser cards provide slots that slots access to the on-chip 10GbE interfaces on (2) PCI-E slots the UltraSPARC T2 (2) PCI-X slots (2) PCI-X Gen1 slots: q (1) Full-length, full-height, 64-bit @ 133MHz q (1) Half-length, full-height, 64-bit @ 133MHz Additional Notes: q All PCI-E and PCI-X cards are installed using supplied PCI-E riser boards. q PCI Express riser cards plug directly into the motherboard, allowing PCI Express and PCI-X cards to be installed.
q
Up to (4) 2.5-inch internal Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) disk drives without a DVD drive or up to (2) disk drives with the optional DVD drive (hardware RAID 0 or 1) r 146GB, 10K rpm, 3Gb/s, 2.5-inch (NEBS certified) r 300GB, 10K rpm, 2.5-inch (NEBS certified) A minimum of (2) hard drives needs to be configured in a configuration The Netra T5220 has an integrated hard drive controller (LSI SAS1068E) that supports RAID 0 and RAID 1
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for disk configuration details and notes.
q q
Internal DVD-RW
(1) DVD-ROM
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for DVD configuration details.
None None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None
q
Notes
(4) onboard 10/100/1000 Mb/s RJ45 ports 10GbE ports are available by adding Sun XAUI cards Single DB-9 connector The Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) feature is a system controller, built into the server, that enables you to remotely manage and administer the server (1) 10/100BASE-T (RJ-45) ethernet port for serial management (1) 10/100BASE-T (RJ-45) ethernet port for network management
Serial
Parallel USB
(2) USB 2.0 ports in the rear The T5220 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse The USB ports on the T5220 would be used to connect a keyboard and mouse None
Keyboard
None
Graphics Audio
Telco Alarms
(2)
Dry Contact Alarms (DCA), DB-15 connector Watchdog Timer (WDT) NEBS Level 3 certified (1) telco alarm output port (DB-15) on the rear panel is connected to the service processor
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage TBD TBD
Details
Details
The internal disks in the T5220.
N/A
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.44" (87.37mm) 16.75" (425.45mm)
Details
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100 - 240 VAC, 47-63Hz Input Voltage DC Power: q -48 to -60VDC
Details
AC Power: q 4.5A @ 100 VAC q 2.25A @ 200 VAC Input Current DC Power: q 12.5A @ -48 VDC q 10A @ -60 VDC AC Power: q 450 Watts Power Consumption DC Power: q 600 Watts 1,365 BTU/hr (1440 KJ/hr) max
BTUs
Rack Info
Rack Units 2 RU
q q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
Supported Racks Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack kit with slide rails) and only in non-NEBS environments.
Ships With
q q
Details
q q
19" 4-post rackmount kit (hard mount, non-sliding) Assorted mounting hardware Miscellaneous cables and connectors Systems with DC power supplies ship with WAGO connectors
Miscellaneous Info
Details
8-Core UltraSPARC T2 Processor Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1C/C (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 3 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA Tier Level Info 4-Core UltraSPARC T2 Processor Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 3 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.7 2011/03/08 03:02:09 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra X4270
Return to System Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Aurigi
Family Info
Netra X4270 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
Up to (2) Intel Xeon 5500 Series Processors Up to (4) SAS Disk Drives (4) Gigabit Ethernet Ports Internal Lights Out Manager (ILOM) AC or DC Power Supplies Up to 144GB of Memory (6) PCI-E Expansion Slots (2) USB 2.0 Ports NEBS Level 3 Certified 2RU Rackmount Form Factor
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra X4270 is an Intel Xeon 5500 Series processor based server. q The Netra X4270 is an carrier-grade class (2) socket x86 server q The Netra X4270 supports up to (2) Intel processors, 144GB of memory, (4) disk drives, (6) PCI-E expansion slots, and AC or DC powr supplies q The Netra X4270 is available in two different chassis types in regards to drives: r 4-disk chassis supporting up to (4) disk drives and no DVD removable media bay r 2-disk chassis supporting up to (2) disk drives with DVD removable media bay
q
System Information
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
05/11/10 - The Netra X4270 DC server was originally announced (Systems Update FY2010 Update#5 ID#10992) 08/10/10 - The Netra X4270 AC server was originally announced (Systems Update FY2011 Update#6 ID#11226)
System Installation
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
q
See Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page for latest OS support details. Solaris 10 is preinstalled on all configurations. Remote management with full Keyboard, Mouse, Video, Storage (KVMS) on the Netra X4270 AC
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q Intel Xeon L5518 @ 2.13GHz 60W
Processors (CPUs)
Up to (2) Processors
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for configuration details
Memory
Maximum of 144GB
(9 or 18) DIMM slots r (9) DIMM slots available in 1-processor configurations r (18) DIMM slots available in 2-processor configurations Supports 4GB and 8GB DIMMs
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for configuration details
q q
Power Supply
q q
(2) Redundant 760W AC or DC power supplies The power supplies are hot-swappable It is not supported to mix power supply types It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa
(6) PCI-E (Gen2) slots: q (2) Full-Height/Full-Length PCI-E slots r x8 electrical r x16 physical q (4) Low-Profile PCI-E slots r x8 electrical (6) PCI-E (Gen2) r x8 physical Expansion slots r Note: (1) low-profile slot occupied by SAS HBA for internal drives q See Sun Netra X4270 - Option Cards page for latest Option Card support details
q
The Netra X4270 is available in two different chassis types in regards to drives: r 4-disk chassis supporting up to (4) disk drives and no DVD removable media bay r 2-disk chassis supporting up to (2) disk drives with DVD removable media bay 300GB SAS disk drives
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for configuration details
DVD-RW
The Netra X4270 is available in two different chassis types in regards to drives: r 2-disk chassis supporting up to (2) disk drives with DVD removable media bay r 4-disk chassis supporting up to (4) disk drives and no DVD removable media bay Support for DVD-RW drive with 2-disk chassis configurations only
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for configuration details Internal Tape Drive None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None (4) RJ45 gigabit ports
q
Notes
(4) 10/100/1000BaseT Ethernet ports (RJ45 connector) (1) dedicated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (For LOM network management) Remote management with full Keyboard, Mouse, Video, Storage (KVMS) redirection (1) RS-232 Serial Interface (RJ45 connector)
ILOM Port
(2) rear USB 2.0 ports Netra X4270 Server does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for a keyboard and mouse. The USB ports on the Netra X4270 would be used to connect a keyboard and mouse. (1) Analog HD15 VGA connector
Video Audio
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.44" (87.4mm)
Details
17.4" (442mm) - including bezel 20.67" (525mm) - max overall 41.23bs. (18.7Kg) - without PCI-E cards
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100 - 240 VAC, 47-63Hz Input Voltage DC Power: q -48 to -60VDC AC Power: q 9A @ 100VAC max q 4.5A @ 200VAC max Input Current DC Power: q TBD
q
Details
Power Consumption
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 2RU
q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042
Ships With
q
Details
q q
19-inch 4-post hardmount (non-slide) rack mount kit Misc. documentation Systems with DC power supplies ship with WAGO connectors
Miscellaneous Info
Details
4-Core Intel Xeon Systems: q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64: TBD q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64: TBD q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.5 2011/03/08 03:02:29 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra X4250
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Aries
Family Info
Netra X4250 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
Up to (2) Intel Xeon Quad Core Processors (6) PCI-E Expansion Slots Up to (4) Internal Disk Drives 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Up to 64GB of Memory (4) Gigabit Ethernet Ports Redundant AC or DC Power Supplies Integrated LOM
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra X4250 is an Intel Xeon 5400 Series processor based server. q The Netra X4250 is a 2RU x86 server q The Netra X4250 supports up to (2) Intel Xeon 5400 series processors, 64GB of memory, (4) disk drives, (6) PCI-E expansion slots, and redundant AC or DC power supplies q The Netra X4250 is available in two different chassis types in regards to drives: r 4-disk chassis supporting up to (4) disk drives and no DVD removable media bay r 2-disk chassis supporting up to (2) disk drives with DVD removable media bay 08/19/08 - The Netra X4250 server was originally announced. See intro for details.
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page on Sun.com for latest OS support details ILOM is integrated on the motherboard of the Netra X4250
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q Intel Xeon L5408 2.13GHz / 2x6MB L2 (40W)
Processors (CPUs)
Up to (2) CPUs
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for configuration details
q
Memory
Maximum of 64GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for configuration details
q q
Power Supply
q q q
q q q
(2) N+N, 650W power supplies (1) power supply is sufficient to run a fully populated server, however for maximum protection against power supply failures, Sun recommends that both power supplies be installed in the system at all times The power supplies are hot-swappable It is not supported to mix power supply types It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa The power supplies are hot-swappable It is not supported to mix power supply types It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa (3) PCI-E slots are for MD2 Low profile cards (1) PCI-E slot is for full-height, full-length cards (1) PCI-E slot is used for the SAS controller (1) PCI-X slot is for full-height, full-length cards (1) PCI-X slot is for full-height, half-length cards Up to (4) 2.5-inch internal Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) disk drives without a DVD drive or up to (2) disk drives with the optional DVD drive (hardware RAID 0 or 1). r 146GB, and 300GB 10K rpm, 3Gb/s, 2.5inch (NEBS certified).
q q
q q q
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details
q q
DVD+/-RW
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for DVD configuration details
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
None
Notes
None (4) RJ45 gigabit ethernet ports (1) RJ45 10/100 ethernet port
q
(4) integrated RJ45 10/100/1000 ethernet ports Single integrated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port. (For ILOM network management) (1) TIA/EIA-232-F asynchronous RJ45 Port User configurable serial console accessible via the physical port or re-directed through the management network
ILOM Port
Serial
Parallel USB
(2) rear USB 2.0 ports The X4250 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse (1) rear HD15 VGA port
Video Audio
Built-in None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage TBD TBD
Details
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth 3.43" (87.12mm) 17.52"(445mm)
Details
20.71" (526.03mm) (To PSU handles) 19.72" (500.89mm) (To rear I/O)
Weight
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100 - 240 VAC, 47-63Hz Input Voltage DC Power: q -48 to -60VDC AC Power: q 7.56A @ 100 VAC max q 3.78A @ 200 VAC max Input Current DC Power: q 18.75A @ -48 VDC
q
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
Supported Racks Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack kit with slide rails) and only in non-NEBS environments.
Ships With
Details
q q
q q
19" 4-post hard mount rackmount kit (non slide) Package of various mounting hardware Miscellaneous hardware, cables, and connectors Systems with DC power supplies ship with WAGO connectors
Miscellaneous Info
q q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : TBD (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : TBD (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup for Solaris: TBD Symantec/Veritas NetBackup for Windows and Linux : TBD Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
q q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.6 2011/03/08 03:02:52 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra X4200 M2
Last Order Date: April 5, 2011 Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Draco AC
Family Info
Netra X4200 M2 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
Up to (2) AMD Processors Up to (4) Internal SAS Disk Drives Up to 32GB of Memory (4) Gigabit Ethernet Ports
(3) PCI-X / (1) PCI-E Expansion NEBS Level 3 Slots Integrated 2D Graphics Port 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Integrated ALOM (2) AC or DC power supplies
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra X4200 M2 is an AMD processor based server. q The Netra X4200 M2 is a NEBS Level 3 certified 2RU server with up to (2) AMD processors, up to 32GB of memory, up to (4) SAS HDDs, has (3) PCIX and (1) PCI-E slots and supports AC or DC power.
q
System Information
03/06/07 - The Netra X4200 M2 was originally announced. See intro for details. 06/15/10 - New SATA based ATO systems were announced. The new base systems support an optional SATA DVD which replaces the older PATA DVD. The PATA based configs were EOL'd. See Systems Update ID#11124 for details. 10/05/10 - The Netra X4200 M2 server was announced EOL. The last order date is 04/05/11 see (Systems Update FY2011 Update#9 ID#11335)
System Installation
See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page on Oracle.com for latest OS support details. Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) included in X4200 M2 base configurations.
See notes
q
Management Software
See notes
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron model 23HF HE @ 1.8GHz 2-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron model 2214HE @ 2.2GHz Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
Processors (CPUs)
Up to (2) processors
q q
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q q
Power Supply
q q
(2) redundant, 550W AC or DC power supplies The power supplies are hot-swappable It is not supported to mix power supply types It is not supported to convert a DC powered system to AC or vice versa
(4) I/O slots: q (3) full-height PCI-X slots r (2) full-length, (1) half-length q (1) PCI-E low profile slot
q q
Up to (4) SAS drives with no Internal Disk Drives DVD (2) SAS drives with DVD
(4) internal drive bays (no DVD bay) (2) internal drive bays (with (1) DVD bay) 146GB or 300GB SAS drives
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
q q q
(1) DVD drive bay with (2) disk drive base. No DVD drive bay with (4) disk drive base. 8x DVD RW / 24x CD RW SATA or PATA DVD drives
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel
Details
None None
Notes
Ethernet
(4) RJ45 gigabit ethernet ports (1) RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (1) serial port
(4) integrated RJ45 10/100/1000 ethernet ports (1) integrated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (For LOM network management) (1) TIA/EIA-232-F asynchronous RJ45 Port LOM provides for full remote KVMS (Keyboard, Video, Mouse, Storage) support together with remote media functionality. Lights-out management (LOM) is achieved using an on-board, independently powered service processor with its own robust, security hardened OS. ILOM provides remote administration via an intuitive browser-based GUI, DTMF CLI and remote console. (2) rear USB 2.0 ports The Netra X4200 M2 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse. The USB ports on the Netra X4200 M2 could be used to connect a keyboard and mouse. On-Board 2D VGA graphics controller (up to 1600x1200). (1) rear HD15 port
LOM Port
Serial
LOM
Standard
q
USB
Video Audio
Built-in None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
N/A
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.5" (89mm) 17.4" (442mm) 20" (508mm)
Details
(2) HDD version - 35 lbs (16kg) (4) HDD version - 37.2 lbs (17kg)
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100 - 240 VAC, 47-63Hz Input Voltage DC Power: q -48 to -60VDC AC Power: q 6.1A @ 100 VAC max q 3.2A @ 200 VAC max Input Current DC Power: q 12.7 @ -48 VDC max q 10.2 @ -60 VDC max
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
Details
q q q q q q
Supported Racks
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Industry standard 19" rack
Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack kit with slide rails) and only in non-NEBS environments.
Ships With
q q
Details
q q
19" 4-post (fixed mount) rackmount kit Mounting hardware for various racks and cabinets Misc. hardware, cables and connectors Systems with DC power supplies ship with WAGO connectors
Miscellaneous Info
Details
4-Core AMD Opteron Systems q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1B/B
2-Core AMD Opteron Systems q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1B/B
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.6 2011/03/08 03:03:16 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: SB6000-AC1 Netra 6000 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
NEBs Level 3 Certified UST2+ Based NT6340 & Intel Xeon Based NX6270M2 Blade Server Modules Up To (10) Server Modules Per Chassis Redundant Power Supplies 10RU Rackmount Form Factor Chassis Monitoring Module (CMM) The Blades' I/O Plugs Into The Chassis
System
Details
Notes
The Netra 6000 AC Chassis houses up to (10) blade server modules. A chassis is not a standalone server. q The Netra 6000 AC Chassis is part of a Sun Netra Modular System. A modular system is comprised of three main components: r Blade Server Modules - contains CPU(s), memory and internal storage. It does not contain I/O, power supplies or fans. r Network Express Modules (NEMs) and Express Modules (EMs) - provide the I/O for the blade server modules and are installed in the blade chassis. r Blade Chassis - houses the blade server modules, NEMs and EMs. Provides power, fans and monitoring capabilities to all of its installed components. 03/30/10 - The Netra 6000 AC Chassis was announced as Oracle ID#10849.
System Overview
This Section Captures Major System Updates and Information See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
A Variety of Operating Systems Are Supported
q q
Notes
All processor modules come with a Solaris license. Please see the following link for a list of supported operating systems. The Sun Netra 6000 AC Chassis uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) software through the Chassis Monitoring Module (CMM). This is consistent with Sun servers, delivering direct manageability, full monitoring of blade by SNMP, secure access and control, and graphical user interface and comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM. ILOM via the CMM provides an optional aggregate point for monitoring of chassis fans and power supplies. Individual blades can also use forms of Lights Out Management (LOM). For details see the specific blade page:
Management Software
q q
NT6340 NX6270M2
Hardware
Details
Notes
Processors (CPUs)
The Netra 6000 AC Chassis can be populated with up to (10) blade server modules. q UST2+ and Intel Xeon 5600 blade server modules Up to (10) server are supported within (1) chassis. modules per Sun q For processor details on the blade server modules Netra 6000 AC please see the individual blade page below: chassis q NT6340 (UltraSPARC T2+) q NX6270M2 (Intel Xeon 5600) For memory details on the blade server modules Each blade server please see the individual blade page below: module has its q NT6340 own memory q NX6270M2 details
q q
Memory
Power Supplies
N+N Redundant AC Power Supplies (2 total). The blade server modules receive their power through the chassis. A power calculator is available at: Oracle.com to provide guidance for estimating the electrical and heat loads for typical operating conditions. Access to the Power Input Module is at the rear of the chassis. An optional 30A to 20A AC Power Adapter allows customers to plug their Sun Netra Modular Systems directly into a 30A (L6-30R) power source. r Each standard (L6-20P) power cord requires a matching 30A to 20A AC Power Adapter to plug into the 30 amp circuit. r Ordering instructions for the AC power adapter can be found in the Cable Guide notes.
Network Express Modules (NEMs) and Express Modules (EMs) are added to the rear of the chassis and are not populated on the blades. There are no physical slots on the blade server modules for adding I/O. Refer to the system rear view on this page for location of I/O adapters. q There are (2) I/O module form factors: r EMs are used for blade specific I/O (think of hba or nic cards). s The Netra 6000 AC chassis has (20) EM slots. s Each Netra 6000 blade server module supports up to (2) EMs. r NEMs are used to add bulk I/O to the chassis with dedicated ports for each blade. s The Netra 6000 AC chassis supports up to (2) Network Express Modules. q Each Netra 6000 system requires at least (1) NEM per chassis or (1) EM per blade. What this means is each blade must have I/O associated with it. q See the External Ports section of this page for I/O options.
For internal disk details on the blade server modules Each blade server please see the individual blade page below: module has its q NT6340 Internal Disk Drives own internal disk q NX6270M2 details The CMM provides the following functionality: q Enables direct connection to the Service Processor on each Blade Server q Reduces cabling by providing a single management connection to the chassis q Ensures complete lights-out manageability of the whole chassis q Provides an optional aggregate point for monitoring of chassis fans, power supplies with its own Sun Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) module
q
There is no internal DVD-ROM support on the Netra 6000 AC Chassis or any of the blade server modules.
None
There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 6000 AC Chassis or any of the blade server modules.
External Ports
SCSI
Details
None
q
Notes
SCSI connectivity is not currently available. Optional SAS ports for blades can be added to the chassis via Express Modules (EMs). For a list of supported SAS EMs, see the following guide: r Netra 6000 Ordering Guide [.odt] Fibre Channel connectivity is not currently available. Infiniband connectivity is not currently available. The CMM provides (2) RJ45 gigabit ethernet ports for external access. Optional Ethernet ports for blades can be added to the chassis via Network Express Modules (NEMs) or Express Modules (EMs). The serial port has (1) RS232 RJ45 connector. This port is part of the Chassis Management Module (CMM). There are (2) ways to access the ILOM via the CMM: r Through the CMM's serial port described above. r Through the CMM's (2) RJ45 ethernet ports described above. There are no USB ports on the Netra 6000 AC chassis itself. See the specific blade server modules for USB port information.
SAS
See notes
Fibre Channel
None
q
Infiniband
None
Ethernet
See notes
Serial
ILOM
See notes
USB
See notes
Video
See notes
There are no video ports on the Netra 6000 AC chassis itself. See the specific blade server modules for video port information. There are no audio ports on the Netra 6000 AC chassis or any of the blade server modules.
Audio
None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
See the specifc blade server module page for primary boot device info. q NT6340 Primary Boot Device q NX6270M2
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight Chassis: 17.25" (438.15mm) Chassis: 17.5" (444.50mm) Chassis: 27.25" (692.15mm)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTUs
Details
200 to 240 VAC AMER: L6-20P to IEC 320 C19; 2.5M EPAC: IEC309 to IEC320 C19; 2.5M TBD TBD
Rack Info
Details
Rack Units
10RU
q q q q
Supported Racks
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Note: Please refer to the rack guide for supported quantities. Even though the Netra 6000 AC chassis is 10RU we do not support mounting four chassis in one rack unless power is being supplied externally to the chassis.
Ships With
q q
Details
q
CDs and Documentation Rail Kit Dongle kit - includes I/O dongle and DB9 to RJ45 adapter for blade connection.
Miscellaneous Info
Tier Level Info
Details
See the specifc blade server module page for tier level info. q NT6340 q NX6270M2
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.69 2010/04/20 02:00:50 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: N6000DC Netra 6000 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
NEBs Level 3 Certified UST2+ Based NT6340 & Intel Xeon Based NX6270 M2 Blade Server Modules Up To (10) Server Modules Per Chassis Redundant Power Supplies Chassis Monitoring Module (CMM) The Blades' I/O Plugs Into The Chassis Leverages SB6000 Design 11RU Rackmount Form Factor
System
Details
Notes
The Netra 6000 DC Chassis houses up to (10) blade server modules. A chassis is not a standalone server. q The Netra 6000 DC Chassis is part of a Sun Netra Modular System. A modular system is comprised of three main components: r Blade Server Modules - contains CPU(s), memory and internal storage. It does not contain I/O, power supplies or fans. r Network Express Modules (NEMs) and Express Modules (EMs) - provide the I/O for the blade server modules and are installed in the blade chassis. r Blade Chassis - houses the blade server modules, NEMs and EMs. Provides power, fans and monitoring capabilities to all of its installed components.
q
System Overview
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
10/05/10 - The Netra 6000 DC Chassis was announced as System Update FY2011 Update#9 ID#11355.
Software
Details
q q
Notes
All processor modules come with a Solaris license. Blades utilized in this chassis support the following OSes: r Oracle Enterprise Linux r Oracle VM r Oracle Solaris r Red Hat Enterprise Linux r SuSE Linux Enterprise Server r VMware r Windows Server
Operating System
Management Software
q q
The Sun Netra 6000 DC Chassis uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) software through the Chassis Monitoring Module (CMM). This is consistent with Sun servers, delivering direct manageability, full monitoring of blade by SNMP, secure access and control, and graphical user interface and comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM. ILOM via the CMM provides an optional aggregate point for monitoring of chassis fans and power supplies. Individual blades can also use forms of Lights Out Management (LOM). For details see the specific blade page: NT6340 NX6270 M2
Hardware
Details
Notes
Processors (CPUs)
The Netra 6000 DC Chassis can be populated with up to (10) blade server modules. q UST2+ & Intel Xeon 5600 blade server modules are Up to (10) server supported within (1) chassis. modules per Sun q For processor details on the blade server modules Netra 6000 DC please see the individual blade page below: chassis q NT6340 (UltraSPARC T2+) q NX6270 M2 (Intel Xeon 5600) For memory details on the blade server modules Each blade server please see the individual blade page below: module has its q NT6340 own memory q NX6270 M2 details
q
Memory
q q
Power Supplies
The blade server modules receive their power through the chassis. N+1 Redundant DC Power Supplies (4 total). A 1U power plenum is located on the top of the chassis to provide access to the Power Input Module. r Eight DC inputs (two per power supply). r DC input connection is lug and post, where the cabling is provided by the customer. r Cabling is facilitated through the 1U plenum.
Network Express Modules (NEMs) and Express Modules (EMs) are added to the rear of the chassis and are not populated on the blades. There are no physical slots on the blade server modules for adding I/O. Refer to the system rear view on this page for location of I/O adapters. q There are (2) I/O module form factors: r EMs are used for blade specific I/O (think of hba or nic cards). s The Netra 6000 DC chassis has (20) EM slots. s Each Netra 6000 blade server module supports up to (2) EMs. r NEMs are used to add bulk I/O to the chassis with dedicated ports for each blade. s The Netra 6000 DC chassis supports up to (2) Network Express Modules. q Each Netra 6000 system requires at least (1) NEM per chassis or (1) EM per blade. What this means is each blade must have I/O associated with it. q See the External Ports section of this page for I/O options.
For internal disk details on the blade server modules Each blade server please see the individual blade page below: module has its q NT6340 Internal Disk Drives own internal disk q NX6270 M2 details The CMM provides the following functionality: q Enables direct connection to the Service Processor on each Blade Server q Reduces cabling by providing a single management connection to the chassis q Ensures complete lights-out manageability of the whole chassis q Provides an optional aggregate point for monitoring of chassis fans, power supplies with its own Sun Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) module
q
There is no internal DVD-ROM support on the Netra 6000 DC Chassis or any of the blade server modules.
None
There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 6000 DC Chassis or any of the blade server modules.
External Ports
SCSI
Details
None
q
Notes
SCSI connectivity is not currently available. Optional SAS ports for blades can be added to the chassis via Express Modules (EMs). For a list of supported SAS EMs, see the following guide: r Netra 6000 Ordering Guide Optional Fibre Channel connectivity can be added to the chassis via Express Modules (EMs). For a list of supported Fibre Channel EMs, see the following guide r Netra 6000 Ordering Guide For a list of supported EMs, see the following guide r Netra 6000 Ordering Guide The CMM provides (2) RJ45 gigabit ethernet ports for external access. Optional Ethernet ports for blades can be added to the chassis via Network Express Modules (NEMs) or Express Modules (EMs). For a list of supported EMs, see the following guide r Netra 6000 Ordering Guide The serial port has (1) RS232 RJ45 connector. This port is part of the Chassis Management Module (CMM). There are (2) ways to access the ILOM via the CMM: r Through the CMM's serial port described above. r Through the CMM's (2) RJ45 ethernet ports described above.
SAS
See notes
Fibre Channel
See notes
Infiniband
See notes
q
Ethernet
See notes
q
Serial
ILOM
See notes
USB
See notes
There are no USB ports on the Netra 6000 DC chassis itself. (2) USB ports may be accessed via the dongle provided and are for debugging use only on the Netra 6000 Chassis. There are no video ports on the Netra 6000 DC chassis itself. (1) Video port may be accessed via the dongle provided. There are no audio ports on the Netra 6000 DC chassis or any of the blade server modules.
Video
See notes
Audio
None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
See the specifc blade server module page for primary boot device info. q NT6340 Primary Boot Device q NX6270 M2
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight Chassis: 19" (482mm) Chassis: 17.5" (444.50mm) Chassis: 27.25" (692.15mm)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage -48 VDC or -60VDC nominal
Details
Input Current
60A maximum per power supply input, total eight DC inputs (two per power supply), 200A maximum for all inputs. TBD
Rack Info
Rack Units 11RU
q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
q q
Details
q
CDs and Documentation Rail Kit Dongle kit - includes I/O dongle and DB9 to RJ45 adapter for blade connection.
Miscellaneous Info
Tier Level Info
Details
See the specifc blade server module page for tier level info. q NT6340 q NX6270 M2
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.69 2010/04/20 02:00:50 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra ct900
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View
Family Info
Netra ct900 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
Advanced Telecom Computing Architecture Blade Server (12) ATCA Processor Blade Slots UltraSPARC T1/T2, UltraSPARC IIIi, SPARC T3, Intel and (2) Switch/Hub Blade Slots Opteron Processor Blades CP30x0 Blades are PICMG 3.0 and 3.1 Compliant NEBS Level 3 Certified CP30x0 Blades Support GbE Connectivity CP32x0 and NT3 Blades are PICMG 3.0 and 3.1 Options 1 and 9 Compliant 12RU Rackmount Form Factor CP32x0 and NT3 Blades Support GbE and 10GbE Connectivity
System
Details
Notes
The Netra ct900 server is a chassis that houses up to (12) blade server modules and up to (2) blade switch modules. A chassis is not a standalone server. q The Netra ct900 is a 12RU NEBS compliant system comprised of four main components: r Blade Server Modules - contains CPU(s), memory and internal storage. It does not contain I/O, power supplies or fans. r Blade Switch Modules - provide 1GbE or 10GbE network ports to the blade server modules in the chassis. r Rear Transition Modules (Rear Transition Modules) - provide I/O or HDDs to the specific server module they are associated with. r Blade Chassis - houses the blade server modules, blade switch modules and rear transition modules. Provides power, fans and monitoring capabilities to all of its installed components. 02/21/06 - The Netra ct900 server was originally announced. See intro for details.
System Overview
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
Please see the individual blade pages for operation system information: q SPARC T3-1BA q CP3270 q CP3260 Support varies q CP3250 per blade module q CP3220 q CP3060 q CP3020 q CP3010
Management Software
See notes
Please see the individual blade pages for management software information: q SPARC T3-1BA q CP3270 q CP3260 q CP3250 q CP3220 q CP3060 q CP3020 q CP3010
Hardware
Details
Notes
The Netra ct900 server can be populated with up to (12) processor blades. q USIIi, UST1, UST2, SPARC T3, AMD, and Intel blade server modules can be mixed within (1) chassis. q For processor details on the blade server modules please see the individual blade pages below: q Please see the individual blade pages for Up to (12) processor information: processor blades q SPARC T3-1BA (SPARC T3) per Netra ct900 q CP3270 (Intel) server q CP3260 (UltraSPARC T2) q CP3250 (Intel) q CP3220 (AMD) q CP3060 (UltraSPARC T1) q CP3020 (AMD) q CP3010 (UltraSPARC IIIi) Please see the individual blade pages for memory information: q SPARC T3-1BA q CP3270 q CP3260 q CP3250 q CP3220 q CP3060 q CP3020 q CP3010
Memory
See notes
Power Supplies
Advanced Rear Transition Modules (ARTMs), Rear Transition Modules (RTMs), and blade switch modules can be added ot the chassis to provide I/O to the blade server modules in the chassis. q It is required to have a minimum of (1) blade switch module in a chassis. r Blade switch modules are available in 1GbE or 10GbE models. s CP30x0 blades are only supported with 1GbE speeds s CP32X0 blades are supported with 1GbE and 10GbE switches r The 10GbE switch supports Copper or Fibre connectivity. r Blade switch modules plug into the front of the chassis. I/O Expansion Slots See notes
q
Advanced Rear Tansition Modules (ARTMs) are for use with the CP3220, CP3250, CP3260, CP3270 and SPARC T3-1BA blade server modules and are available in (3) models: r SAS storage ARTM with dual HDDs r 10GbE ARTM - (2) SFP ports (copper) or (2) SFP+ ports (fibre) r Dual port 4Gb fibre channel ARTM ARTMs are plugged into the rear of the chassis directly behind a blade server module and are associated with that specific blade server module. ARTMs are not supported with the CP3010, CP3020, and CP3060 blades. Rear Transition Modules (RTMs) are used with the CP310, CP3020, and CP3060 blades.
Please see the individual blade pages for disk information: q SPARC T3-1BA q CP3270 q CP3260 q CP3250 q CP3220 q CP3060 q CP3020 q CP3010
q
There is no internal DVD-ROM support on the Netra ct900 There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra ct900 There is no floppy drive support on the Netra ct900
None
q
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
None
q
Notes
Optional SAS ports for the CP3220, CP3250, CP3260, CP3270 and SPARC T3-1BA blades can be added to the chassis via an ARTM. SPARC blade has (2) SAS interfaces routed to the front and (2) routed to the rear Optional FC ports for the CP3220, CP3250, CP3260, CP3270 and SPARC T3-1BA blades can be added to the chassis via an ARTM. (2) GbE channels for Base Fabric and (2) channels for Extended Fabric Out-of-band Management ethernet ports routed front and rear Optional 10GbE ports for the CP3220, CP3250, CP3260, CP3270 and SPARC T3-1BA blades can be added to the chassis via an ARTM.
SAS
See notes
Fibre Channel
Ethernet (2) RJ45 10/100 Management ethernet ports per processor blade
USB
See notes
There are no USB ports on the chassis. Please see the individual blade pages for USB port information: q SPARC T3-1BA q CP3270 q CP3260 q CP3250 q CP3220 q CP3060 q CP3020 q CP3010
Other
Dedicated CF-2 slot on each blade for high capacity flash memory The Netra ct900 includes three hot swappable fan trays, a shelf management controller, dual power entry modules, and hub/switch slots.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage TBD N/A
Details
Details
Primary Boot Device The Netra ct900 blade internal disk drives.
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTUs -48VDC to -60VDC TBD TBD
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 12RU
q
Details
TBD
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes
q
Details
TBD
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
The Netra ct900 chassis is installed into an industry standard 19" or 600mm ETSI rack. All user nodes (processor blades) are hot swappable and frontaccessible Shelf management controller (ShMC) is hot swappable and frontaccessible Fan trays are hot swappable and front-accessible Power entry modules are hot swappable and rear-accessible Hub/switch blades are hot swappable and front-accessible
General Information
q q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.33 2011/03/08 03:05:20 kh204810 Exp pb233676 $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Scottsdale Netra T6340 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
NEBs Level 3 Certified (2) UltraSPARC T2+ Processors Up to (32) FB-DIMMs 256GB of Memory Solaris 10 Supported in the Netra 6000 AC Chassis Up to (16) Cores with (128) Threads per Blade Up to (2) Internal SAS Drives Sun Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM)
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra T6340 is an UltraSPARC T2+ processor based blade server module. A blade server module is not a standalone server, it needs to be installed within a Netra Chassis. q The Netra T6340 Server Module is part of a Netra System. A blade system is comprised of three main components: r Blade Server Modules - contains CPU(s), memory and internal storage. It does not contain I/O, power supplies or fans. r Network Express Modules (NEMs) and Express Modules (EMs) - provide the I/O for the blade server modules and are installed in the blade chassis. r Blade Chassis - houses the blade server modules, NEMs and EMs. Provides power, fans and monitoring capabilities to all of its installed components. 03/30/10 - The Netra T6340 was announced. See Oracle ID# 10849 for details.
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 10 (05/08) or later
q
Notes
The minimum supported version is Solaris 10 (05/08) plus patches. The Netra T6340 uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) with Netra Extensions, delivering direct manageability, full monitoring of blade by SNMP, secure access and control, and graphical user interface and comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM. The LDoms MIB helps enable third party system management applications to perform remote monitoring and starting and stopping logical domains using the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
q q
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
The Netra T6340 SPARC blade server module supports (2) processors. 8 Core CPUs: q UST2+ 1.4GHz Additional Notes: q Supports Chip Multithreading Technology (CMT) q Supports up to (64) simultaneous threads (8 threads per core) for a total of up to (128) threads and (16) cores per system. q (1) Floating Point Unit for each core q (1) Crypto (SPU) per core q On-chip Cryptography: r Processor integrated, cyptographic acceleration that supports (10) industry standard security ciphers. Please see the Data Sheet [.pdf] for details. q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for configuration details and notes.
q q
Processors (CPU's)
Memory
Maximum of 256GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis page for power details. Netra 6000 AC Chassis All I/O comes from the chassis that the blade plugs into. See the specific chassis page for detailed I/O information. Netra 6000 AC Chassis
None
q q q
(2) internal drive bays 300GB SAS drives The disk drives are controlled by the RAID Express Module (REM) that supports RAID 0 or 1.
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
RAID Functionality
A RAID Expansion Module (REM) can be added to the Netra T6340 to provide RAID functionality to the blade's internal storage, the blade storage module and/or specific NEMs. The REM is a card that is physically installed on the Netra T6340. A Fabric Expansion Module (FEM) can be added to the Netra T6340 to provide Network Express Module (NEM) functionality. r For example, a new 10Gbe NEM is introduced and needs a FEM installed on the Netra T6340 itself so that it can utilize the new NEM's functionality. The FEM is a card that is physically installed on the Netra T6340. Not all NEM's require a FEM installed on the Netra T6340. There is no internal DVD-ROM support on the Netra server modules or Netra chassis.
Blade-to-NEM Functionality
q
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
None
There are no onboard SCSI ports on the Netra T6340. There are no SCSI Express Modules (EMs) available.
SAS
None
q q
There are no onboard SAS ports on the Netra T6340. SAS ports can be added via Express Modules (EMs) inserted in the blade chassis not the blade itself. Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis There are no onboard fibre ports on the Netra T6340. Fibre ports can be added via Express Modules (EMs) inserted in the blade chassis not the blade itself. Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis There are no external host Ethernet ports on the Netra T6340. Ethernet ports can be added via Network Express Modules (NEMs) or Express Modules (EMs). Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported NEMs and EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis There are no external host Infiniband ports on the T6340. Infiniband ports can be added via Network Express Modules (NEMs) or Express Modules (EMs). Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported NEMs and EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis (1) RJ45 serial port is accessed via a dongle connected to the Universal Connector Port (UCP) on the front of the blade. (A RJ45-to-DB9 adapter is included with the dongle)
Fibre Channel
None
q q
Ethernet
None
Infiniband
None
Serial
ILOM Ports
The Netra T6340 server module has an on-board service processor that runs Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) to manage all aspects of the server locally as well as remotely. The blade's ILOM can be accessed directly from the blade or via the Chassis Monitoring Module (CMM) in the system chassis. (1) RJ45 serial port is accessed via a dongle connected to the Universal Connector Port (UCP) on the front of the blade. (A RJ45-to-DB9 adapter is included with the dongle) (2) GbE Ethernet ports and (1) RS232 RJ45 port are accessed via the chassis midplane from the CMM. (2) USB 2.0 ports The USB ports are accessed via a dongle connected to the universal connector port (UCP) on the front of the Netra T6340. The HD-15 VGA port is accessed via a dongle connected to the Universal Connector Port (UCP) on the front of the Netra T6340. There is no audio support on the Netra server modules or Netra chassis.
q q
USB
Graphics
On-board VGA
Audio
None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 1.75" (44.45mm) 12.88" (327.15mm) 19.56" (496.82mm)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTUs
Details
Please refer to the Netra Chassis page: q Netra 6000 AC Chassis
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks
q q q
Details
Please refer to the Netra Chassis page. Netra Server Modules reside inside of the Netra Chassis. Please refer to the Netra Chassis page for rack information. Netra 6000 AC Chassis
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
Netra T6340 8-Core UltraSPARC T2+ Processor Server Module: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 4 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 2B/E (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 3 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 2 (Departmental) q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Miscellaneous Info
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.11 2011/03/08 16:22:34 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Internal View
Family Info
Codename: Virgo+ LP Netra X6270 M2 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
NEBs Level 3 Certified (2) Intel Xeon Processors Supported in the Netra 6000 AC & DC Chassis Up to (12) Cores with (24) Threads per Blade
Up to (18) DDR3 DIMMs - Up to (4) Internal SAS 144GB of Memory Drives Sun Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM)
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra X6270 M2 is an Intel Xeon processor based blade server module. A blade server module is not a standalone server, it needs to be installed within a Netra Chassis. q The Netra X6270 M2 Server Module is part of a Netra System. A blade system is comprised of three main components: r Blade Server Modules - contains CPU(s), memory and internal storage. It does not contain I/O, power supplies or fans. r Network Express Modules (NEMs) and Express Modules (EMs) - provide the I/O for the blade server modules and are installed in the blade chassis. r Blade Chassis - houses the blade server modules, NEMs and EMs. Provides power, fans and monitoring capabilities to all of its installed components.
q
System Information
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
10/05/10 - The Netra X6270 M2 was announced. See Systems Update FY2011 Update #9 ID# 11355 for details.
System Installation
Software
Details
q q
Notes
All processor modules come with a Solaris license. Blades utilized in this chassis support the following OSes: r Oracle Enterprise Linux r Oracle VM r Oracle Solaris r Red Hat Enterprise Linux r SuSE Linux Enterprise Server r VMware r Windows Server
Operating System
q q
Management Software
The Netra X6270 M2 uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) with Netra Extensions, delivering direct manageability, full monitoring of blade by SNMP, secure access and control, and graphical user interface and comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM.
Hardware
Details
Notes
The Netra X6270 M2 Intel blade server module supports (2) processors. 6-Core CPUs: q Intel Xeon L5638 2.0Ghz Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for configuration details and notes.
q q
Processors (CPU's)
Memory
Maximum of 144GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis page for power details. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis All I/O comes from the chassis that the blade plugs into. See the specific chassis page for detailed I/O information. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis
None
q q
q q q
(4) internal drive bays 300GB SAS drives A RAID Expansion Module (REM) is required when disk drives are configured.
Additional Notes: q The disk drives are controlled by the RAID Express Module (REM) that supports RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50 and 60. q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
RAID Functionality
A RAID Expansion Module (REM) can be added to the Netra X6270 M2 to provide RAID functionality to the blade's internal storage, the blade storage module and/or specific NEMs. The REM is a card that is physically installed on the Netra X6270 M2. A Fabric Expansion Module (FEM) can be added to the Netra X6270 M2 to provide Network Express Module (NEM) functionality. r For example, a new 10Gbe NEM is introduced and needs a FEM installed on the Netra X6270 M2 itself so that it can utilize the new NEM's functionality. The FEM is a card that is physically installed on the Netra X6270 M2. Not all NEM's require a FEM installed on the Netra X6270 M2. There is no internal DVD-ROM support on the Netra server modules or Netra chassis.
Blade-to-NEM Functionality
q
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
None
There are no onboard SCSI ports on the Netra X6270 M2. There are no SCSI Express Modules (EMs) available.
SAS
None
q q
There are no onboard SAS ports on the Netra X6270 M2. SAS ports can be added via Express Modules (EMs) inserted in the blade chassis not the blade itself. Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis There are no onboard fibre ports on the Netra X6270 M2. Fibre ports can be added via Express Modules (EMs) inserted in the blade chassis not the blade itself. Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis One 10/100 Ethernet management port to the Chassis Monitoring Module Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported NEMs and EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis There are no external host Infiniband ports on the X6270 M2. Infiniband ports can be added via Network Express Modules (NEMs) or Express Modules (EMs). Please see the Netra chassis page for more information on supported NEMs and EMs. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis (1) RJ45 serial port is accessed via a dongle connected to the Universal Connector Port (UCP) on the front of the blade. (A RJ45-to-DB9 adapter is included with the dongle)
Fibre Channel
None
q q
Ethernet
None
q q
Infiniband
None
q q
Serial
ILOM Ports
The Netra X6270 M2 server module has an onboard service processor that runs Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) to manage all aspects of the server locally as well as remotely. The blade's ILOM can be accessed directly from the blade or via the Chassis Monitoring Module (CMM) in the system chassis. Available via dongle cable: Oracle ILOM serial console (2) USB 2.0 ports The USB ports are accessed via a dongle connected to the universal connector port (UCP) on the front of the Netra X6270 M2. The DB-15 VGA port is accessed via a dongle connected to the Universal Connector Port (UCP) on the front of the Netra X6270 M2. There is no audio support on the Netra server modules or Netra chassis.
q q
USB
Graphics
On-board VGA
Audio
None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width 1.75" (44.45mm) 12.88" (327.15mm)
Details
Depth Weight
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage
Details
Please refer to the Netra Chassis page: q Netra 6000 AC Chassis Input Current Power Consumption q Netra 6000 DC Chassis BTUs
Rack Info
Rack Units
q q
Details
Please refer to the Netra Chassis page. Netra Server Modules reside inside of the Netra Chassis. Please refer to the Netra Chassis page for rack information. Netra 6000 AC Chassis Netra 6000 DC Chassis
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
Netra X6270 M2 6-Core Intel Xeon 5600 Series Processor Server Module: q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : TBD (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : TBD (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 2 (Departmental)
Miscellaneous Info
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.12 2011/03/08 03:07:53 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Silverstone ATCA Netra SPARC T3-1BA GSI BOM Code Information
Features
SPARC T3 Processor Advanced Rear Transition Module (ARTM) Technology Up to 32GB of Memory Compliant with PICMG 3.0 R2 and PICMG 3.1 Option 9
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List
System
Details
Notes
The Netra SPARC T3-1BA is a T3 processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra SPARC T3-1BA is a (1) processor blade server module that supports up to 32GB of memory and Advanced Rear Transition Modules. q The Netra SPARC T3-1BA blade server module is available with a single 12-core (96 threads) T3 CPU. q (2) PCI-E Gen2.0 interfaces.
q
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
03/15/11 - The Netra SPARC T3-1BA blade server module was originally announced. See System Update #17, FY2011 ID: 11544 for details.
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
q
Solaris 10 R9 or greater
Netra SPARC T3-1BA supports Solaris 10 All Netra SPARC T3-1BA processor blades come with a Solaris license The Netra SPARC T3-1BA uses a built-in Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM), delivering direct management, full monitoring of the blade by SNMP, secure access and control and a graphical user interfact (GUI) as well as a comprehensive command line interface (CLI) emulating ALOM. Oracle VM replaces LDOMs Integrated element management architecture Standard Management Interfaces Carrier Grade System Utilities
Management Software
q q q
Hardware
Details
Notes
The Netra SPARC T3-1BA blade server module is available with a single 12-Core CPU: q SPARC T3 @ 1.4GHz Details: q Supports Chip Multithreading Technology (CMT). q Each CPU supports up to (96) simultaneous threads (8 threads per core) per system. q 6MB L2 Cache q (1) Floating Point Unit per core. q (1) Crypto (SPU) per core q On-chip Cryptography: r Processor integrated, cyptographic acceleration that supports industry standard security ciphers. Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details.
q q
Processors (CPUs)
(8) DDR3 slots Dedicated CF-2 slot for high capacity Flash memory up to 32GB.
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900
I/O Expansion
Supports (1) of the following modules. q (2) SAS drives, (2) SAS egress,(1) 1GbE port, and (1) serial port. q (2) 4Gb FC HBA ports, (7) GbE ports, and (1) serial port. q (2) 10GbE ports, (3) GbE ports, and (1) serial port.
q q
There are no internal drive bays on the blade. Up to (2) SAS hard drives can be added via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module)
See notes
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for configuration details.
Internal DVDROM
None
External Ports
SCSI SAS
Details
None
q
Notes
The Netra SPARC T3-1BA can connect to the XCP32X0-RTMHD2300D, which provides (2) SAS ports and (2) 300GB SAS HDDs. The Netra SPARC T3-1BA can connect to the following Rear Transition Module, XCP32X0-RTMFC-Z, which provides (2) 4Gb FC ports. (1) onboard Gbe RJ45 port on the Netra SPARC T31BA. The Netra SPARC T3-1BA can connect to the XCP32X0-RTM-NT-Z, which provides (2) additional 1GB ethernet ports, and allows routing of the 10GbE ports to the RTM instead of to the midplane, for external 10GbE connectivity. (1) onboard RJ45 serial port on the Netra SPARC T31BA.
See notes
Fibre Channel
See notes
Ethernet
See notes
Serial
Integrated Lights Out Management See notes (ILOM) USB Keyboard Graphics (2) USB ports None None
The Netra SPARC T3-1BA is offered with the Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM), which enables simple remote monitoring and management from anywhere on the network.
q
Audio
None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module). Qualified with StorageTek NEBS Level 3 Certified Storage Arrays: 2540/6140/6180
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 322.25mm 30mm (including bezel) 280mm TBD
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTUs
q
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the ct900 blade chassis Page Netra ct900.
Supported Racks
Netra SPARC T3-1BA Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 blade server chassis. Please refer to the ct900 blade chassis page for rack information Netra ct900.
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index
Details
Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.1 2011/03/16 15:13:15 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Hamilton
Family Info
Netra CP3270 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
Dual Socket Intel Xeon Processors AdvancedRTM Support SAS Storage, FC SAN, and 10Gbe Networking (1) AMC Slot Up to 32GB of Memory NEBS L3 Certified Flash Memory
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List OneStop:Web
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra CP3270 is an Intel LC5500 series processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra CP3270 is a (2) processor blade server module that supports up to 32GB of memory, (1) AMC slot and support for (1) Advanced Rear Transition Module. q There are no HDD slots on the Netra CP3270.
q
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
08/10/10 - The Netra CP3270 blade server module was originally announced (Systems Update FY2011 Update#6 ID#11177)
Software
Details
Notes
The following operating systems are supported on the cp3270 blade server module: q Oracle Solaris 10 q Oracle Enterprise Linux q Oracle Virtual Machine q Windows 2003 or 2008 Standard and Enterprise Editions q SUSE Linux Enterprise Server SP1 (64-bit) q Red Hat Linux
Operating System
See notes
Management Software
Hardware
Details
(2) Intel Xeon 5500 series processors
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q Intel Xeon LC5518 @ 1.73GHz 48W
Processors (CPUs)
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details.
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for disk drive configuration details.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900
I/O Expansion
Supports one of the following modules: q (1) "AMC.1 Type 8S2E2" expansion slot. q Rear I/O expansion via optional ARTM.
q
Up to (2) SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module). r SAS drives via ARTM do not mount internally on the blade. Up to (1) SAS hard drive via AMC (Advanced Mezzanine Card). r SAS drive via AMC slot mounts on the blade. CF-2 slot for high-capacity Flash. Optional 16GB CompactFlash.
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for disk drive configuration details. Internal DVD-ROM None
External Ports
SCSI SAS
Details
None
q
Notes
Supports the XCP32x0-RTM-HD2-Z ARTM, which provides (2) SAS ports and (2) SAS HDDs. Supports the XCP32x0-RTM-FC-Z ARTM, which provides (2) 4Gb/sec FC ports. Supports the SG-XPCIE2FC-ATCA-Z 4Gb dual port FC AMC HBA.
None
q
Fibre Channel
See notes
q q
Ethernet
See notes
(1) onboard Gbe RJ45 port on the CP3270. Supports the XCP32x0-RTM-NT-Z, which provides (2) additional 10GbE ports, (3) 1GbE ports and (1) serial port. (1) onboard RJ45 serial port on the CP3270.
Serial Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) USB Keyboard Graphics Audio
(1) Serial port None (2) USB ports None None None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage TBD TBD
Details
Details
Primary Boot Device SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module).
Physical Specs
Height Width (including bezel) Depth Weight 12.69in (322.25mm) 1.18in (30mm) 11.02in (280mm) 38.5lbs (17.5kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage
Details
Please refer to the ct900 chassis page:
Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the Netra ct900 Blade Chassis Page. CP3270 Intel Xeon Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 Server Chassis. Please refer to the Blade Chassis pages for rack information. Netra ct900
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
Tier Level Info
q q
Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation :TBD Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation :TBD Symantec/Veritas NetBackup:TBD Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.7 2011/03/08 03:08:43 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Monza
Family Info
Netra CP3260 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
UltraSPARC T2 Processor Up to 32GB of Memory Advanced Rear Transition Compliant with PICMG 3.0 Module (ARTM) Technology R2 and PICMG 3.1 Option 9 Supports (1) AdvancedRTM Slot Up to (2) SAS Drives via ARTM
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List My.Oracle - Product FAQ Sun Intro
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra CP3260 is an UST2 processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra CP3260 is a (1) processor blade server module that supports up to 32GB of memory and Advanced Rear Transition Modules. q There are no HDD slots on the Netra CP3260. 02/21/06 - The Netra CP3260 blade server module was originally announced. See intro for details.
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
q
Solaris 10
Netra CP3260 supports Solaris 10 update 4 + patches All Netra CP3260 processor blades come with a Solaris license Studio 12 CoolTools for OpenSPARC Integrated element management architecture Standard Management Interfaces Carrier Grade System Utilities
q q
q q q
Hardware
Details
8-Core CPUs: q UST2 @ 1.17GHz 6-Core CPUs: q UST2 @ 1.17GHz
Notes
Processors (CPUs)
Details: q Supports Chip Multithreading Technology (CMT). q Each CPU supports up to (64) simultaneous threads (8 threads per core) per system. q 4MB, 16-way, 8-bank L2 Cache (1) UltraSparc T2 q (1) Floating Point Unit per core. ATCA q (1) Crypto (SPU) per core q On-chip Cryptography:
Processor integrated, cyptographic acceleration that supports industry standard security ciphers. Please see the JTF for details.
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details.
q q
(8) FB DIMM slots Dedicated CF-2 slot for high capacity Flash memory up to 16GB.
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900
I/O Expansion
Supports (1) of the following modules. q (2) 146GB SAS drives, (2) SAS egress,(1) 1GbE port, and (1) serial port. q (2) 4Gb FC HBA ports, (7) GbE ports, and (1) serial port. q (2) 10GbE ports, (3) GbE ports, and (1) serial port.
q q
There are no internal drive bays on the blade. Up to (2) SAS hard drives can be added via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module)
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for configuration details.
External Ports
SCSI
Details
None
Notes
SAS
See notes
The CP3260 can connect to XCP32X0-RTM-HD2Z, which provides (2) SAS ports and (2) SAS HDDs. The CP3260 can connect to the following Rear Transition Module, XCP32X0-RTM-FC-Z, which provides (2) 4Gb FC ports. (1) onboard Gbe RJ45 port on the CP3260. The CP3260 can connect to XCP32X0-RTM-NT-Z, which provides (2) additional 1GB ethernet ports, and allows routing of the 10GbE ports to the RTM instead of to the midplane, for external 10GbE connectivity. (1) onboard RJ45 serial port on the CP3260.
Fibre Channel
See notes
q q
Ethernet
See notes
Serial Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) USB Keyboard Graphics Audio
(1) Serial port None (2) USB ports None None None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Primary Boot Device SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module). Qualified with StorageTek NEBS Level 3 Certified Storage Arrays: 2540/6140
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 322.25mm 30mm (including bezel) 280mm TBD
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTUs
q
Details
Please refer to the ct900 blade chassis page Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the ct900 blade chassis Page Netra ct900. CP3260 UltraSPARC T2 Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 blade server chassis. Please refer to the ct900 blade chassis page for rack information Netra ct900.
Supported Racks
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1C/C (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 3 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.19 2011/03/08 03:09:05 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename:Kimi
Family Info
Netra CP3250 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
Dual Socket Intel Xeon Processors AdvancedRTM Support SAS Storage, FC SAN, and 10Gbe Networking (1) AMC Slot Up to 24GB of Memory NEBS L3 Certified Flash Memory
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List My.Oracle - Product FAQ
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
This section provides a brief overview of the system This section captures major system updates and information See notes
The Netra CP3250 is an Intel processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra CP3250 is a (2) processor blade server module that supports up to 24GB of memory and Advanced Rear Transition Modules. q There are no HDD slots on the Netra CP3250. 11/11/08 - The Netra CP3250 blade server module was originally announced. See intro for details.
Software
Operating System Application and Development Software Management Software
Details
Solaris 10, Windows, Linux Performance and Productivity Tools Standardized Carrier Grade System Management
q
Notes
Solaris 10 OS x64, Linux, Microsoft Windows 2003 Advanced Server TBD
Hardware
Details
(2) Intel Xeon 5400 series processors
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q Intel Xeon L5408 @ 2.13GHz
Processors (CPUs)
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q q
(6) DDR-2 Memory Slots CF-2 slot for high-capacity Flash Optional 8GB or 16GB CompactFlash
Memory
Maximum of 24GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for meory configuration details and notes.
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900
I/O Expansion
Supports one of the following modules. q (1) "AMC.1 Type 8S2E2" expansion slot. q Rear I/O expansion to optional ARTM q SAS connectivity from RTM to AMC slot
q
Up to (2) SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module) r SAS drives via ARTM do not mount internally on the blade. Up to (1) SAS hard drive via AMC (Advanced Mezzanine Card). r SAS drive via AMC slot mounts on the blade.
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for disk drive configuration details. Internal DVD-ROM None
External Ports
SCSI SAS
Details
None
q
Notes
CP3250 can connect to the XCP32x0-RTM-HD2-Z ARTM, which provides (2) SAS ports and (2) SAS HDDs. CP3250 can connect to the XCP32x0-RTM-FC-Z ARTM, which provides (2) 4Gb/sec FC ports. Supports the SG-XPCIE2FC-ATCA-Z 4Gb dual port FC AMC HBA. (1) onboard Gbe RJ45 port on the CP3250. CP3250 can connect to XCP32x0-RTM-NT-Z, which provides (2) additional 10GbE ports, (3) 1GbE ports and (1) serial port.
None
Fibre Channel
See notes
q q
Ethernet
See notes
Serial Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) USB Keyboard Graphics Audio
(1) Serial port None (2) USB ports None None None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Primary Boot Device SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 322.25mm 30mm (including bezel) 280mm TBD
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's
Details
Please refer to the ct900 chassis page: q Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the Netra ct900 Blade Chassis Page. CP3250 Intel Xeon Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 Server Chassis. Please refer to the Blade Chassis pages for rack information. Netra ct900
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
Tier Level Info
q q
Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation :TBD Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation :TBD Symantec/Veritas NetBackup:TBD Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.23 2011/03/08 03:09:27 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Alonso
Family Info
Netra CP3220 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
AMD Opteron Processor (1) ARTM I/O Slot Compliant with PICMG 3.0 R2 and PICMG 3.1 Option 9 (2) AMC I/O Slots Up to 32GB of Memory Dedicated CF-2 Slot Support for (2) Hot-Swappable HDDs via ARTM
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page Sun Intro
SSHandbook - Full Components My.Oracle - Product Page List My.Oracle - Product FAQ
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
This section provides a brief overview of the system This section captures major system updates and information See notes
The Netra CP3220 is an AMD processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra CP3220 is a (1) processor blade server module that supports up to 32GB of memory and Advanced Rear Transition Modules. q There are no HDD slots on the Netra CP3220. 10/14/08 - The Netra CP3220 blade server module was originally announced. See intro for details.
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 10 OS x64, Linux, or Microsoft Windows 2003 Server TBD Sun Netra ATCA System Management, Via ShMC, IPMI System Management and Out-of-Band Management
q
Notes
All Netra CP3220 processor blades come with a Solaris license
Studio 12
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron @ 1.8GHz
Processors (CPUs)
2-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron @ 2.2GHz Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q
8 DDR2 DIMM slots Dedicated CF-2 slot for high capacity flash memory up to 16 GB.
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900 Up to (2) AMC devices 10-Gbps XAUI Ethernet (eight lanes PCIe) SAS HDD support through dual AMC sites Supports (1) ARTM. Up to (2) SAS hard drives via ARTM (Advanced Rear Transition Module) or AMC slots
I/O Expansion
q q q q
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for disk storage configuration details and notes.
External Ports
SCSI SAS
Details
None
q
Notes
CP3220 can connect to XCP32x0-RTM-HD2-Z, which provides (2) SAS ports and (2) SAS HDDs. CP3220 can connect to the XCP32x0-RTM-FC-Z ARTM, which provides (2) 4Gb/sec FC ports. Supports the SG-XPCIE2FC-ATCA-Z 4Gb dual port FC AMC HBA.
See Notes
q
Fibre Channel
None
Ethernet
See Notes
q
A dual Gigabit Ethernet port on the front panel and via an optional Advanced RTM to the back panel. The Sun 10 Gigabit Ethernet ASICs two 1 Gbps interfaces are switched for LAN connectivity to each AMC slot for access by an Advanced RTM. CP3220 can connect to XCP32x0-RTM-NT-Z, which provides (2) additional 10GbE ports, (3) 1GbE ports and (1) serial port. (1) RS-232 serial port routed to the front and rear of the CP3220.
Serial Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) USB Keyboard Graphics Audio
None
q
The CP3220 has (2) USB ports routed to the front panel.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Dual SAS on rear RTM with support for two hot-swappable 146-GB HDDs. TBD
Physical Specs
Height Width (322.25mm) (30mm) including bezel
Details
Depth Weight
(280mm) TBD
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's
Details
Please refer to the ct900 chassis page: q Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the Blade Chassis Pages. CP3220 AMD Opteron Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 Server Chassis. Please refer to the Blade Chassis pages for rack information. Netra ct900
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
Tier Level Info
q q
Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1A/A (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1A/A
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.20 2011/03/08 03:10:23 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Montoya
Family Info
Netra CP3060 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
(1) UltraSPARC T1 Processor (1) AMC Expansion Slot Up to 16GB of Memory (2) Gigabit Ethernet Ports
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page Just The Facts
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra CP3060 is an UltraSPARC T1 processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra CP3060 is a (1) processor blade server module that supports up to 16GB of memory and Rear Transition Modules. q There is a single AMC slot that would support adding a HDD to the Netra CP3060. 10/17/06 - The Netra CP3060 blade server module was originally announced. See intro for details.
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 10
q
Notes
Netra CP3060 supports Solaris 10 Sun Studio 11; optimizing compilers, graphical debug, Dprofiler CoolTools for UltraSPARC T1: Trace, tuning, optimize, etc. Integrated element management architecture Standard Management Interfaces Carrier Grade System Utilities
q q q
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
8-Core CPUs: q UltraSPARC T1 1GHz 6-Core CPUs: q UltraSPARC T1 1GHz
Processors (CPUs)
(1) UltraSparc T1 4-Core CPUs: ATCA q UltraSPARC T1 1GHz Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q
Memory
Maximum of 16GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900
I/O Expansion
Supports the following modules. q Netra AMC SAS 300GB drive, Option XCP3000AMC-300GB q RTM with one asynchronous serial port (RJ-45) and one 10/100BaseT port q Qualified 16GB Compact Flash
q
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Storage Guide for disk drive configuration details and notes.
External Ports
SCSI SAS Fibre Channel Ethernet Serial Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) USB Keyboard
Details
None None None (2) Gigabit Ethernet Port (1) Serial port None None None
q
Notes
(2) 10/100/1000 onboard Gbe ports on the CP3060. (1) onboard RJ45 serial port on the CP3060.
Graphics Audio
None None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Qualified with AMC hard drive.
TBD
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight (322.25mm) (30mm) including bezel (280mm) TBD
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTUs
Details
Please refer to the ct900 chassis page: q Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the Blade Chassis Pages. CP3060 UltraSPARC T2 Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 Server Chassis. Please refer to the Blade Chassis pages for rack information. Netra ct900
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.15 2011/03/08 03:11:58 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename:Andretti
Family Info
Netra CP3020 GSI BOM Code Information
Features
AMD Opteron Processor Common Rear Transition Module (RTM) (2) Gigabit Ethernet Ports Up to 8GB of Memory (2) Internal SAS Disk Drives (2) SAS ports on rear panel
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page Just The Facts
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra CP3020 is an AMD Opteron 100 series processor based blade server module designed for the Netra ct900 chassis. q The Netra CP3020 is a single processor blade server module that supports up to 8GB of memory, (1) AMC slot and support for (1) Advanced Rear Transition Module. q The Netra CP3020 supports up to (2) 2.5-inch SAS hard drives. 10/17/06 - The Netra CP3020 blade server module was originally announced. See intro for details.
This section captures major system updates and information See notes
Software
Operating System Application and Development Software Management Software
Details
Solaris 10 OS x64, MontaVista Linux TBD Carrier Grade System Management
q q q
Notes
Netra CP3020 supports Solaris 10 All Netra CP3020 processor blades come with a Solaris license
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
Single or dualcore AMD Opteron processor
q q
Notes
Single-socket (1.8 or 2.2 GHz) AMD Opteron processor (100 series) Single-core and dual-core-capable Four DIMM Slots per Blade for up to 8 GB per Blade L2 1 MB, 64 KB instruction cache, 64 KB data cache 256-2 GB Compact Flash
Memory
Maximum of 8GB
Power Supplies
None
q q
Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900 Requires optional rear transition module Up to (2) 2.5-inch SAS hard drives
I/O Expansion
External Ports
SCSI SAS Fibre Channel
Details
None None None
q
Notes
Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet
A dual Gigabit Ethernet port on the front panel and via an optional Advanced RTM to the back panel. The Sun 10 Gigabit Ethernet ASICs two 1 Gbps interfaces are switched for LAN connectivity to each AMC slot for access by an Advanced RTM. One asynchronous serial port available on front or on rear (via RTM)
Serial Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) USB Keyboard Graphics Audio
The CP3020 has Two USB ports routed to the front panel.
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Tape Storage
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Dual SAS on rear RTM with support for two hot-swappable 146-GB HDDs. TBD
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight (322.25mm) (30mm) including bezel (280mm) TBD
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's
Details
Please refer to the ct900 chassis pages: q Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the Blade Chassis Pages. CP3020 AMD Opteron Blade Server Modules reside inside the ct900 Server Chassis. Please refer to the Blade Chassis pages for rack information. Netra ct900
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
Miscellaneous Info
q q
q q
Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1A/A (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1A/A
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.16 2011/03/08 03:14:52 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Whitney 2 6180 GSI BOM Code Information
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Not Available
Features
8Gb Fibre Channel Host Ports Scales from 730GB to 57.6TB of Raw Fibre Channel Storage Supports Mixing Fibre Channel and SATA Redundant Hardware RAID Controllers Multi-Platform Support NEBS Level 3 Support Fibre Channel or SATA Disk Drives Scales from 2.5TB to 224TB of Raw SATA Storage Redundant Power and Cooling 4GB Cache 3RU Rackmount Form Factor (per tray) AC and DC Power Options Available
Documentation
System
Notes
The Sun 6180 is a "Hardware RAID" storage solution with "8Gb Fibre Channel to Host Connectivity" and uses "FC or SATA Disk Drives". A Sun 6180 configuration is comprised hardware-wise of either just a "6180 Controller Tray" or a "6180 Controller Tray with CSM2 Expansion Trays". A configuration can scale from (5) up to (112) disk drives. q The 6180 controller tray supports between (5) up to (16) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a 6180 configuration, (1) to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected.
q
System Information
q
10/13/09 - The Sun Storage 6180 was originally announced. See intro for details. 08/18/09 - New premium features software licensing (i.e. Domain, Snapshot, Volume Copy, and Replicator) is announced for array/feature consolidation. See intro and quick facts document for details. The LOD for the old software licenses is 12/04/09. 03/16/10 - Encryption support is announced (Note: the 6180 does not support the SSDs that were part of this announcement, and the SSD support is only for the 6780/6580 arrays).
System Installation
Software
Notes
A full suite of data services is available for the Sun Storage 6180. This suite consists of the following software products: "Common Array Manager (CAM) or SANtricity Storage Manager", "Sun StorageTek Storage Domains", "Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot", "Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy" and "Sun StorageTek Data Replicator". Common Array Manager (CAM) or SANtricity Storage Manager1: q Common Array Manger is included with Sun Storage 6180 at no additional charge. A "Getting Started Guide" is included in each controller system that directs customers to the free download of CAM and to the array documentation. q A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge on-line, there is a cost associated with the media kit. q The Common Array Manager is a browser-based, application-oriented management console from which all of the array's functionality is accessed. q SANtricity is an alternate storage manager offered and fully supported for the Sun Storage 6180 array. It provides a single point of control for multiple tiers of storage and across locations and operating systems. NOTE: 1 SANtricity SW is available as a chargeable option and requires the approval of the BU when using with the Sun Storage 6180. Sun StorageTek Storage Domain (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Storage Domain segments storage capacity by host and applications and enables storage consolidation in multi-platform environments. q Available via 8 or 128 storage domain RTU licenses. q No storage domains are bundled with the array. q The product group states that 8 domains is the recommended base quantity. q The 6180 uses "Tier 1" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot enables customers to create spaceefficient, point-in-time images of their critical volumes, which can be used to eliminate the backup window and rapidly recover data. q Up to 8 Copy-On-Write snaps per volume. q Licensed on a per system basis, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Snapshot RTU license also includes license for Data Volume Copy. q The 6180 uses "Tier 1" licenses.
Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy enables customers to quickly and securely duplicate a volume for data mining, analysis, migration or enhanced backup operations. q Licensed on a per system bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q Up to (8) concurrent active copies. q Up to (1023) volume copies. q A Data Volume Copy RTU license also includes license for Data Snapshot. q The 6180 uses "Tier 1" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Replicator (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Replicator enables customers to protect their data through continuous replication (mirror) to a remote storage array. Replication software supports a variety of replication options to provide administrators with the flexibility to optimize data protection and utilization; including multiple data transfer (mirroring) modes, dynamic mode switching, suspend/resume with delta resynchronization, and remote data access. q Create up to 64 replication mirrors. q Licensed on a per system basis, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q The 6180 uses "Tier 1" licenses. Sun Data Encryption Service (Optional): q Data encryption services deliver government-grade, cost effective data protection throughout the lifecycle of the drive. q Full Disk Encryption (FDE) capable drives (600GB FC) required for Sun Data Encryption service option. q The 6180 uses "Tier 1" licenses.
Hardware
Notes
The 6180 controller tray has redundant hardware RAID controllers, and is available in either an 8 host port or a 4 host port configuration. The 6180 controller tray also houses up to (16) disk drives, and has fibre channel ports for host and expansion tray connectivity. The 6180 controller tray includes two hardware RAID controllers: q Controller tray includes 4GB of cache (2GB on each RAID controller). q Available with either (4 or 8) 8Gb/sec FC host ports. q Supports hardware RAID levels 0, 1, 3, 5 and 1+0 and 6. q Each RAID controller includes a battery that provides up to (7) days of cache protection. q Hardware RAID controllers are hot-swappable. Storage capacity: q The 6180 controller tray supports between (5) up to (16) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a 6180 configuration, (1) to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected. q 8 Host Port Controller Tray Configuration: 6180 controller tray + up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 112 drives). q 4 Host Port Controller Tray Configuration: 6180 controller tray + up to (3) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 64 drives). Fibre Channel ports for host connectivity: q 8 Host Port configs have (8) 8Gb/sec FC ports to connect to hosts (4 FC ports per controller). q 4 Host Port configs have (4) 8Gb/sec FC ports to connect to hosts (2 FC ports per controller). q Shortwave SFP's (8Gb) included for the (4 or 8) FC host ports. Fibre Channel ports for expansion tray connectivity: q (4) FC ports to connect to expansion trays. (2) FC expansion ports per controller. q Up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to the 6180 8 host port controller tray. q Up to (3) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to the 6180 4 host port controller tray.
The 6180 controller tray supports between (5) up to (16) disk drives and to add more storage capacity to a 6180 configuration, (1) to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected. q A minimum of (5) and a maximum of (16) FC or SATA drives can be installed in each CSM2 expansion tray. q 8 Host Port Controller Tray Configuration: Up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 112 drives). q 4 Host Port Controller Tray Configuration: Up to (3) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 64 drives). q Each CSM2 expansion tray has (4) FC ports for connectivity. r (2) FC ports for upstream (controller tray or previous expansion tray) connectivity. r (2) FC ports for downstream (additional expansion tray) connectivity. q See CSM2 Expansion Tray page for additional details. A 6180 Controller Tray supports between 5(min) and 16(max) FC or SATA disk drives. q Both fibre channel and SATA drives are supported in the controller tray. q Mixing FC and SATA drives is supported. q Mixing drive capacities is supported, but the smallest drive size in each RAID group will dictate the usable capacity for all drives in that group. Supported disk drives for 6180 Controller Tray: q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 450GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 600GB disk drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM), Full Disk Encryption (FDE) capable q 500GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q (Solid State Drives announced on March 16, 2010 not supported in 6180) Each CSM2 Expansion Tray supports between 5(min) and 16(max) FC or SATA disk drives. q Both fibre channel and SATA drives are supported in a CSM2 expansion tray. q Mixing FC and SATA drives is supported. q Mixing drive capacities is supported, but the smallest drive size in each RAID group will dictate the usable capacity for all drives in that group. q Expansion trays can have different capacity drives from the controller tray, if desired. Supported disk drives for CSM2 Expansion Tray:
Disk Drives
q q q q q q q q q q q q q
73GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) 400GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) 450GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) 600GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) 500GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) 750GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) 1TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) 2TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) (Solid State Drives announced on March 16, 2010 not supported in 6180)
Notes: q The 6140 controller tray may be upgraded with all data intact to a 6180 controller tray. See the 6140 Xmen page for additional details. q CSM2 expansion trays continue to support both 10K RPM and 15K RPM drives. q The Solid State Drives (SSDs) announced on March 16, 2010 are not supported in 6180. They are only supported in the 6780/6580 arrays. AC and DC-powered options are available with NEBS Level 3 Certification q Each 6180 controller tray and CSM2 expansion tray includes redundant power supplies and fans q Power supplies are hot-swappable. q Each power supply has (2) hot-swappable cooling fans. q Each power supply has an external power connection to connect to two independent power grids
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
External Ports
Fibre Channel Ports
Notes
6180s with 4GB Cache q (8) FC host ports total (4 ports per controller). q Ports are 8Gb/4Gb/2Gb auto-sensing ports. q All SFP's are included in the controllers.
Ethernet Ports
Four 10/100 RJ-45 ethernet ports per tray q Each controller has two ethernet ports for remote management connectivity.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 5.1" (129.5mm) per tray 17.6" (447mm) per tray 22.5" (571.5mm) per tray 84.1 lbs (38.15kg) (controller tray) 93.0 lbs (42.18kg) (expansion tray)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's 90 - 264 VAC AC Version -36 to -72 VDC DC Version 3.96A @ 115 VAC 2.06A @ 240 VAC 17A Max Operating (-36 to -72 VDC) 460 Watts max. 2,047 BTU/hr max. (controller tray) 1,517 BRU/hr max (expansion tray)
Rack Info
Rack Units 3RU Per Tray
q q q q q q
Supported Racks
q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Fire Cabinet 72" StorEdge Expansion Cabinet
Note: q For STK F40 customers, the standard rail kits are required: XF40RAILSZ. The XF40RAILSZ rail kit includes the power cords needed internally to connect the arrays to the STK F40 rack's internal power.
Ships With
Controller tray (1 x 1) includes the following: q Dual FC RAID controller cards per tray with 4GB of cache. q (4) 8Gb/sec shortwave SFPs for host connections (Sun Storaget 6180 array - (4) host port version) q (8) 8Gb/sec shortwave SFPs for host connections (Sun Storage 6180 array - (8) host port version) q Two 5-meter LC-LC Fibre Channel cables. q Two 6-meter RJ45-RJ45 Ethernet cables. q Two 2-meter 6-Pin MiniDin to RJ45 serial cables. q Sun Storage 6180 Host Software CD with Common Array Manager software. q Documentation Expansion tray (0 x 1) includes the following: q Dual I/O modules per tray. q Two 2-meter LC-LC multi mode (SW) interconnect cables. q Accessing Documentation Pointer.
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.38 2011/03/10 23:09:55 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: CSM2, CSMII Oracle BOM Code: STCSM200TRAY
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Available
Features
Full 4Gb Fibre Channel Architecture Fibre Channel or SATA Disk Drives Each Tray Scales from 365GB to Each Tray Scales from 2.5TB to 9.6TB of FC Storage 32TB of SATA Storage AC or DC Power Configurations Redundant Power and Cooling Available NEBS Level 3 Compliant 3RU Rackmount Form Factor (per tray)
System
Sun StorageTek CSM2 Expansion Tray Overview
Notes
The Sun StorageTek CSM2 Expansion Trays are used exclusively with the Sun Storage 6000 series of disk arrays as well as the FLX series of arrays. q CSM2 trays cannot be ordered as a stand alone product q Each CSM2 tray houses between 5 and 16 Fibre Channel, SATA, and SSD drives
q
01/09/07 - The Sun StorageTek CSM2 Expansion tray was originally announced. See intro for details.
Software
Notes
The CSM2 expansion trays do not include any software. The CSM2 trays are NOT standalone products, they are disk expansion trays ONLY to be used for other storage arrays. Application and Management software would have been part of the implementation of those other storage arrays. q NOTE: The version of "Common Array Manager (CAM)" or "SANtricity" management software used with the current arrays may be affected if CSM2 expansion trays are being added to 6540, 6140, 6130, FLX380, FLX280(D280), FLX240 arrays. r CSM2 trays shipping after 2/28/2007 are planned to have the newer 6.19.xx version firmware loaded on the I/O controllers. CAM version 5.1 (or later) or SANtricity version 9.19 is needed to support this controller firmware level. q Customers using Common Array Manager (CAM) require CAM version 5.1 (or later) to support CSM2 trays with 6540, 6140, 6130, FLX380, FLX280(D280), FLX240 arrays. r CAM 5.1 and 6.0 are free downloads from Sun.com for customers needing to upgrade their CAM software. r A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the Sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge online, there is a cost associated with the media kit.
Customers using SANtricity require SANtricity version 9.19 to support CSM2 trays with 6540, 6140, FLX380, FLX280(D280), FLX240 arrays. r SANtricity 9.x customers currently under maintenance contract are entitled to free upgrade to version 9.19. r Customers not under maintenance would need to purchase SANtricity 9.19 outright.
Hardware
Notes
The CSM2 expansion tray is NOT a stand alone product. The CSM2 tray is used for disk expansion for the Sun 6780, 6580, 6180, 6540, 6140, 6130, FLX380, FLX280 (D280), FLX240 arrays. Each CSM2 tray houses between 5 (min) and 16 (max) Fibre Channel and/or SATA disk drives. Sun StorageTek 6540 array: q CSM2 expansion trays can be added to existing 6540 configurations. q Up to (14) CSM2 trays total can be connected to a "6540 controller tray". q CSM2 trays shipped after 02/28/2007 will have the latest 6.19.xx firmware. If adding new CSM2 trays to an existing 6540 configuration, 6.19.xx firmware will also be needed on the existing 6540 and CSM2 trays. q Common Array Manager (CAM) 5.1 (or later) software or SANtricity 9.19 software will also be needed to support new CSM2 trays with the 6.19.xx firmware. r CAM 5.1 and 6.0 are free downloads from Sun.com for customers needing to upgrade their CAM software. r A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the Sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge online, there is a cost associated with the media kit. r SANtricity 9.x customers currently under maintenance contract are entitled to free upgrade to version 9.19. r Customers not under maintenance would need to purchase SANtricity 9.19 outright.
q
Sun StorageTek FLX380 and FLX280(D280) arrays: q CSM2 expansion trays can be added to existing FLX380/FLX280(D280) configurations. q Up to (13) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to a "FLX380/FLX280(D280) controller tray with (1) FLA/FLC expansion tray". q Different mixtures of FLA/FLC expansion trays and CSM2 expansion trays are also supported, see this Sun Internal Understanding Many Combinations document for details on how many trays of each type can
be connected. Firmware 6.19.xx for FlexLine trays is required to support CSM2 trays. r Using SANtricity software: SANtricity 9.19 along with array firmware 6.19.25.10 (or later) required to support CSM2 trays. s Only SANtricity 9.x customers currently under maintenance contract are entitled to free upgrade to version 9.19. s Customers not under maintenance would need to purchase SANtricity 9.19 outright. r Using CAM software: CAM 6.0 along with array firmware 6.19.25.16 (or later) required to support CSM2 trays. s CAM 6.0 is a free download from Sun.com for customers needing CAM software. s A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the Sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge on-line, there is a cost associated with the media kit.
q q
Sun StorageTek 6140 array: q CSM2 expansion trays can be added to existing 6140 configurations. q Up to (3) CSM2 trays total can be connected to a 2GB cache 6140 controller tray. q Up to (6) CSM2 trays total can be connected to a 4GB cache 6140 controller tray. q CSM2 trays shipped after 02/28/2007 will have the latest 6.19.xx firmware. If adding new CSM2 trays to an existing 6140 configuration, 6.19.xx firmware will also be needed on the existing 6140 and CSM2 trays. q Common Array Manager (CAM) 5.1 (or later) software or SANtricity 9.19 software will also be needed to support new CSM2 trays with the 6.19.xx firmware. r CAM 5.1 and 6.0 are free downloads from Sun.com for customers needing to upgrade their CAM software. r A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the Sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge online, there is a cost associated with the media kit. r SANtricity 9.x customers currently under maintenance contract are entitled to free upgrade to version 9.19. r Customers not under maintenance would need to purchase SANtricity 9.19 outright.
q
Sun StorageTek 6130 array: q CSM2 expansion trays can be added to existing 6130 configurations. q Up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to a "6130 controller tray". q Different mixtures of 6130 controller trays, 6130 expansion trays (CSM100) and CSM2 expansion trays are also supported, see this Sun Internal Understanding Many Combinations document for details on how many trays of each type can be connected (the 6130 would be the same cart as the FLX240). q Firmware 6.19.xx for 6130 and CSM100 trays is required to support CSM2 trays. q Common Array Manager (CAM) 5.1 software will also be needed to support CSM2 trays. r CAM 5.1 and 6.0 are free downloads from Sun.com for customers needing to upgrade their CAM software. r A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the Sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge online, there is a cost associated with the media kit. Sun StorageTek FLX240 array: q CSM2 expansion trays can be added to existing FLX240 configurations. q Up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to a "FLX240 controller tray". q Different mixtures of FLX240 trays, FLA/FLC expansion trays and CSM2 expansion trays are also supported, see this Sun Internal Understanding Many Combinations document for details on how many trays of each type can be connected. q Firmware 6.19.xx for FlexLine trays is required to support CSM2 trays. r Using SANtricity software: SANtricity 9.19 along with array firmware 6.19.25.10 (or later) required to support CSM2 trays. s Only SANtricity 9.x customers currently under maintenance contract are entitled to free upgrade to version 9.19. s Customers not under maintenance would need to purchase SANtricity 9.19 outright. r Using CAM software: CAM 6.0 along with array firmware 6.19.25.16 (or later) required to support CSM2 trays. s CAM 6.0 is a free download from Sun.com for customers needing CAM software. s A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the Sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge on-line, there is a cost associated with the media kit.
q
Sun StorageTek FLX210 array: q CSM2 expansion trays are NOT supported with the FLX210. Each CSM2 Expansion Tray contains between 5 (min) and 16 (max) Fibre Channel and/or SATA disk drives. q Mixing FC and SATA drives is supported. q Mixing drive capacities is supported, but the smallest drive size in each RAID group will dictate the usable capacity for all drives in that group. Drive Specifications: q 73GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 400GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 450GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 600GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 500GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 750GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) Max CSM2 Expansion Tray Raw Storage Capacities (per Tray): q 73GB drive configurations (16 x 73GB) = 1.16TB q 146GB drive configurations (16 x 146GB) = 2.33TB q 300GB drive configurations (16 x 300GB) = 4.8TB q 400GB drive configurations (16 x 400GB) = 6.5TB q 450GB drive configurations (16 x 450GB) = 7.2TB q 500GB drive configurations (16 x 500GB) = 8.0TB q 600GB drive configurations (16 x 600GB) = 9.6TB q 750GB drive configurations (16 x 750GB) = 12.0TB q 1TB drive configurations (16 x 1TB) = 16.0 TB q 2TB drive configurations (16 x 2TB) = 32.0 TB AC and DC-powered options are available with NEBS Level 3 Certification. q Each CSM2 tray includes two redundant power supplies and two redundant fans. q Each power supply has an external power connection.
Disk Drives
Supported Connectivity
Notes
The CSM2 Expansion Tray is supported connected to the following storage products. q Sun Storage 6780 q Sun Storage 6580 q Sun Storage 6180 q Sun StorageTek 6540 q Sun StorageTek 6140 q Sun StorageTek 6130 q Sun StorageTek FLX380 q Sun StorageTek FLX280(D280) q Sun StorageTek FLX240
Supported Connectivity
External Ports
q
Notes
Two 4Gb or 2Gb fibre channel ports used to connect to an array controller and/or additional expansion trays. Shortwave SFP's for FC ports and LC-LC cables are included with the CSM2 trays. Not used in the CSM2 expansion trays.
Serial Port
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 5.1" (129.5mm) 19" (482.8mm) 22.5" (571.5mm) 95 lbs (43kg)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption 90 - 264 VAC AC Version -36 to -72 VDC DC Version 4.60A @ 100 VAC 1.95A @ 240 VAC 17A Max Operating (-36 to -72 VDC) 403 Watts max.
BTU's
Rack Info
Rack Units 3RU Per Tray
q q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Fire Cabinet 72" StorEdge Expansion Cabinet
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes CSM2 Expansion tray includes the following: q Two 2-meter LC-LC multi mode interconnect cables.
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.34 2011/02/20 17:47:21 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Everglades
Family Info
Product Code: N80
Features
Up to 12 UltraSPARC IV+ Processors 6 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 2 Gigabit Ethernet Ports N+2 Redundant Power Supplies Integrated System Controllers Up to 192GB of Memory 2 Internal SCSI Disk Drives External LVD SCSI Port 12RU Rackmount Form Factor SRS Netconnect Enabled
Software
q
Details
Solaris 9 (9/05) and later Solaris 10 (1/06) and later Java Enterprise System SRS Net Connect
q
Notes
Solaris 10 1/06 is available as an option to be preloaded on new systems being ordered.
Operating System
Additional Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
Netra 1290 configurations are available with the following UltraSPARC IV+ processor CPU/Memory boards: q 1.5GHz UltraSPARC IV+ with 32MB of cache
Processors (CPU's)
Available with 4, 8, or 12
Notes: q Processors are located on CPU/Memory boards. q Each CPU/Memory board contains 4 processors. q The Netra 1290 has 3 CPU/Memory board slots. q Hot swap CPU/memory boards with Dynamic Reconfiguration for on-line upgrades, expansion, and maintenance of CPUs and memory.
q
Memory
Maximum of 192GB
Memory DIMM slots are located on system boards. Each system board contains 8 memory banks (2 per CPU). Each memory bank consists of 4 DIMM's. A fully configured Netra 1290 can operate with two power supplies. Power supplies are hot swappable.
Power Supplies
q q q
(6) PCI slots (via four 66MHz buses). (6) 3.3V, 32/64-bit, 66MHz slots. All (6) slots are short slots and cannot support long PCI cards. All previously qualified 3.3V PCI adapters are supported on the new PCI+ I/O assembly. Legacy 5V signaling PCI adapters are not supported on the new PCI+ I/O assembly. Has integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller for the internal disks and external SCSI port. r Minimum system firmware of 5.20 required for the PCI+ I/O assembly. r Minimum operating system of Solaris 9 (9/05 or later), or Solaris 10 (1/06 or later) required for the new PCI+ I/O assembly.
The System Controller (SC) is repsonsible for the overall control of the system. The SC is responsible for providing Lights-Out Management (LOM) functions, which include power on sequencing, sequencing module POST, environmental monitoring, fault indication, and alarms.
q
One System controller is included with the Netra 1290 The Console can be accessed via a ethernet (10/100baseT) or via Serial Port A or B Available with either 73GB, 146GB, or 300GB LVD SCSI disk drives. 300GB drive only available via CSI as XATO for Solaris 9 (10/05) or higher. The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated Ultra160 or Ultra320 (LVD) SCSI controller. r The internal SCSI disk drives are on the same SCSI controller as the two internal SCSI disk drives and tape drive. r The SCSI controller for systems with the original PCI assembly is Ultra160 LVD. r The SCSI controller for systems with the newer PCI+ assembly is Ultra320 LVD.
None
External Ports
Details
q q
Notes
The external SCSI port is Ultra160 or Ultra320 (LVD) SCSI with an HD68-pin connector. The external SCSI port is on the same SCSI controller as the two internal SCSI disk drives. r The external SCSI port is on the same SCSI controller as the two internal SCSI disk drives and tape drive. r The external SCSI port for systems with the original PCI assembly is Ultra160 LVD. r The external SCSI port for systems with the newer PCI+ assembly is Ultra320 LVD.
SCSI
Both gigabit ports are 10/100/1000 RJ45 ethernet ports One of the serial ports is reserved for diagnostics. One 10/100 RJ45 ethernet port. One RJ45 serial port, this is also the same port which is used for the system serial console port
Serial
2 LOM ports None None None None None System Configuration Card Reader
External Storage
Details
Disk Storage
S1, A1000, D1000, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6130, FLX380, 6320, 6920, 9970, 9980, 9990 DAT 72 Rackmount, SDLT320 Desktop, SDLT600 Desktop, SDLT600 Rackmount, LTO2 Desktop, LTO3 Desktop, LTO3 Rackmount, L8, C2, L25, C4, L100, L180, L500, L700, L5500, L6000, L8500
Tape Storage
Details
The internal disks in the Netra 1290 q The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated Ultra3 Primary Boot Device (LVD) SCSI controller. Sun StorEdge S1 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's. Sun StorEdge 3120 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 1290 onboard SCSI port. Additional Supported Boot Devices Sun StorEdge 3310 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 1290 onboard SCSI port. Sun StorEdge D2 q Supported for boot via X6758A HBA.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 21" (533.4mm) 17.50" (445mm) 22.40" (568mm) 310 lbs (142kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current AC: 200-240 VAC
Details
AC: 9 Amps per cord, 18 Amps total for the AC system.
Rack Info
Rack Units 12 RU
q q
Details
Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Fire Cabinet StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet
Supported Racks
q q q
Ships With
q q
Details
Netra 1290 Server Getting Started Guide Rackmount kit: r Slide assemblies with mounting brackets (2) r No. 10-32 UNF screws with washers (8) r 6 screws with washers (8) Cable management arm (CMA-800) Lite cable management arm (CMA-Lite) Ethernet/serial cables (4) Antistatic wrist strap and snap-on converter RJ-45 to DB-25 male adapter RJ-45 to DB-9 female adapter Unpacking tools: r 13 mm wrench r 8 mm wrench
q q
q q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 6 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 2C/F (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 2 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 2 (Departmental) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to System Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.13 2009/10/12 13:28:35 md204878 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Everglades
Family Info
Product Code: N80
Features
Up to 12 UltraSPARC IV+ Processors 6 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 2 Gigabit Ethernet Ports N+2 Redundant Power Supplies Integrated System Controllers Up to 192GB of Memory 2 Internal SCSI Disk Drives External LVD SCSI Port 12RU Rackmount Form Factor SRS Netconnect Enabled
Software
q
Details
Solaris 9 (9/05) and later Solaris 10 (1/06) and later Java Enterprise System SRS Net Connect
q
Notes
Solaris 10 1/06 is available as an option to be preloaded on new systems being ordered.
Operating System
Additional Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
Netra 1290 configurations are available with the following UltraSPARC IV+ processor CPU/Memory boards: q 1.5GHz UltraSPARC IV+ with 32MB of cache
Processors (CPU's)
Available with 4, 8, or 12
Notes: q Processors are located on CPU/Memory boards. q Each CPU/Memory board contains 4 processors. q The Netra 1290 has 3 CPU/Memory board slots. q Hot swap CPU/memory boards with Dynamic Reconfiguration for on-line upgrades, expansion, and maintenance of CPUs and memory.
q
Memory
Maximum of 192GB
Memory DIMM slots are located on system boards. Each system board contains 8 memory banks (2 per CPU). Each memory bank consists of 4 DIMM's. A fully configured Netra 1290 DC can operate with two power supplies. Power supplies are hot swappable.
Power Supplies
q q q
(6) PCI slots (via four 66MHz buses). (6) 3.3V, 32/64-bit, 66MHz slots. All (6) slots are short slots and cannot support long PCI cards. All previously qualified 3.3V PCI adapters are supported on the new PCI+ I/O assembly. Legacy 5V signaling PCI adapters are not supported on the new PCI+ I/O assembly. Has integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller for the internal disks and external SCSI port. r Minimum system firmware of 5.20 required for the PCI+ I/O assembly. r Minimum operating system of Solaris 9 (9/05 or later), or Solaris 10 (1/06 or later) required for the new PCI+ I/O assembly.
The System Controller (SC) is repsonsible for the overall control of the system. The SC is responsible for providing Lights-Out Management (LOM) functions, which include power on sequencing, sequencing module POST, environmental monitoring, fault indication, and alarms.
q
One System controller is included with the Netra 1290 The Console can be accessed via a ethernet (10/100baseT) or via Serial Port A or B Available with either 73GB, 146GB, or 300GB LVD SCSI disk drives. 300GB drive only available via CSI as XATO for Solaris 9 (10/05) or higher. The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated Ultra160 or Ultra320 (LVD) SCSI controller. r The internal SCSI disk drives are on the same SCSI controller as the two internal SCSI disk drives and tape drive. r The SCSI controller for systems with the original PCI assembly is Ultra160 LVD. r The SCSI controller for systems with the newer PCI+ assembly is Ultra320 LVD.
None
External Ports
Details
q q
Notes
The external SCSI port is Ultra160 or Ultra320 (LVD) SCSI with an HD68-pin connector. The external SCSI port is on the same SCSI controller as the two internal SCSI disk drives. r The external SCSI port is on the same SCSI controller as the two internal SCSI disk drives and tape drive. r The external SCSI port for systems with the original PCI assembly is Ultra160 LVD. r The external SCSI port for systems with the newer PCI+ assembly is Ultra320 LVD.
SCSI
Both gigabit ports are 10/100/1000 RJ45 ethernet ports One of the serial ports is reserved for diagnostics. One 10/100 RJ45 ethernet port. One RJ45 serial port, this is also the same port which is used for the system serial console port
Serial
2 LOM ports None None None None None System Configuration Card Reader
External Storage
Details
Disk Storage
S1, A1000, D1000, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6130, FLX380, 6320, 6920, 9970, 9980, 9990 DAT 72 Rackmount, SDLT320 Desktop, SDLT600 Desktop, SDLT600 Rackmount, LTO2 Desktop, LTO3 Desktop, LTO3 Rackmount, L8, C2, L25, C4, L100, L180, L500, L700, L5500, L6000, L8500
Tape Storage
Details
The internal disks in the Netra 1290 q The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated Ultra3 Primary Boot Device (LVD) SCSI controller. Sun StorEdge S1 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's. Sun StorEdge 3120 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 1290 onboard SCSI port. Additional Supported Boot Devices Sun StorEdge 3310 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 1290 onboard SCSI port. Sun StorEdge D2 q Supported for boot via X6758A HBA.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 21" (533.4mm) 17.50" (445mm) 22.40" (568mm) 310 lbs (142kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current
Details
DC: -40VDC, -60VDC nominal DC: 41 Amps per input, 82 Amps total.
Rack Info
Rack Units 12 RU
q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Fire Cabinet StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet
Supported Racks
Notes: q The Netra 1290 DC is DC powered and does not utilize any of the AC power sources in any of the Sun cabinets.
Ships With
q q
Details
Netra 1290 Server Getting Started Guide Rackmount kit: r Slide assemblies with mounting brackets (2) r No. 10-32 UNF screws with washers (8) r 6 screws with washers (8) Cable management arm (CMA-800) Lite cable management arm (CMA-Lite) Ethernet/serial cables (4) Antistatic wrist strap and snap-on converter RJ-45 to DB-25 male adapter RJ-45 to DB-9 female adapter Unpacking tools: r 13 mm wrench r 8 mm wrench
q q
q q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 6 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 2C/F (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 2 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 2 (Departmental) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top
Return to System Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.13 2009/10/12 15:24:32 md204878 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra 1280
Transitioning the Netra 1280 Server and Options, Last Order Date is October 9, 2007 The Netra 1280 is being replaced by the Netra 1290 Server and Options Last Order Date (EMEA Only) for Non-RoHS Compliant Configurations is June 30, 2006 Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View
Family Info
Product Code: A40
Features
Up to 12 UltraSPARC III Processors 6 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 2 Gigabit Ethernet Ports N+2 Redundant DC Power Supplies System Configuration Card NEBS level 3 Certified Up to 96GB of Memory 2 Internal SCSI Disk Drives Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI Port 12RU Rackmount Form Factor Lights Out Management(LOM) Module
SSHandbook - Full Components Sun Intro List [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ]
SSHandbook - Full Components Netra 1280 Documentation List [Non-RoHS] [RoHS] (Sun.com)
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 8 (2/02) or later Solaris 9 Solaris 10 Lights Out Management (LOM)
q
Notes
Solaris is pre-installed on the Netra 1280
Management Software
Hardware
Details
q q q
Notes
900MHz UltraSPARC III with 8mb of cache 1.2GHz UltraSPARC III with 8mb of cache Processors are located on CPU/Memory boards Each CPU/Memory board contains 4 processors The Netra 1280 has 3 CPU/Memory board slots Different speed CPU/Memory boards can be mixed in the Netra 1280 Memory DIMM's are located on CPU/Memory boards Each CPU/Memory board contains 4 memory banks Each memory bank consists of 4 DIMM's The Netra 1280 has 3 CPU/Memory board slots Each power supply requires its own DC input A fully configured Netra 1280 can operate with only two power supplies
Processors (CPU's)
Available with 4, 8 or 12
q q q
Memory
Maximum of 96GB
q q
Power Supplies
q q q
One 3.3V, 32/64-bit, 66MHz slot Five 5V, 32/64-bit, 33MHz slots All six slots are short slots and cannot support long PCI cards Three independent buses (The one 66MHz slot is on one bus, three of the 33MHz slots are on another bus, and two of the 33MHz slots are on the other bus) The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI controller The external LVD SCSI port and optional internal SCSI tape drive also share the SCSI controller The IDE bus is the same bus that two of the 33MHz PCI slots are on The tape drive shares the integrated SCSI bus with the internal SCSI disk drives and the external SCSI port There is no floppy drive support on the Netra 1280
Includes two Internal Disk Drives 36GB or 73GB SCSI disk drives
Internal DVD-ROM Includes 8x IDE DVD-ROM Optional DDS-4 or DAT72 SCSI tape drive None
External Ports
Details
q
Notes
q
SCSI
The external SCSI port is Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI with a HD68-pin connector The SCSI port shares the same SCSI bus with the internal disk drives and the optional SCSI tape drive
Both gigabit ports are 10/100/1000 (Cat 5/6) RJ45(TPE) ethernet ports One of the ports is used for a serial console connection or to connect to LOM The second port is reserved for diagnostics
Serial
2 LOM ports None None None None None Configuration Card Reader
One 10/100 RJ45 ethernet port One RJ45 serial port, this is also the same port which is used for the system serial console port
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
S1, A1000, D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, 9910, 9960, 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS C2, L20, L25, C4, L100, L180, L500, L700, L5500, L6000, L8500
Details
The internal disks in the V1280. q The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated Primary Boot Device Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI controller. StorEdge S1 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X6758A or from the onboard SCSI port. StorEdge D2 q Supported for boot via X6758A HBA only. Additional Supported Boot Devices StorEdge 3310 q Supported for boot via the onboard Ultra3 SCSI only. SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 20.75" (527mm) 17.5" (445mm) 21.5" (545mm) 251 lbs (114kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current -40 to -72 VDC
Details
76A @ -48VDC 94A @ -40VDC Load shared across all active power supplies. 12,030BTU/hr max
Rack Info
Rack Units 12RU
q q q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Fire Cabinet
Supported Racks Notes: The Netra 1280 is DC powered and does not utilze any of the AC power sources in any of the Sun cabinets. Rack Options The Netra 1280 ships with the standard slide rack kit for mounting in Sun supported racks. The X6808A option enables the Netra 1280 and standard slide rack kit to be installed in a 23" 2 post rack.
Ships With
q q q
Details
Hard copy and CD documentation Rackmount slide rail kit Cable Management Arm Four ethernet/serial cables RJ45 - DB25 male adapter RJ45 - DB9 female adapter Netra 1280 power connection parts
q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 6 Veritas Volume Manager: Tier 2B Veritas File System: Tier 2B Veritas NetBackup: Departmental
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.49 2009/03/20 22:35:32 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Argo
Family Info
Product Code: NX445
Features
Up to (4) Quad Core Intel Xeon Processors (4) Hot Swap Redundant 2+2 Power Supplies Up to (12) SAS Disk Drives (8) PCI-E & (2) PCI-X Expansion Slots NEBS Level 3 Certification Up to 128GB of Memory (4) Gigabit Ethernet Ports Supports Internal RAID HBA Integrated Lights Out Manager 4RU Rackmount Form Factor
System
Details
This section provides a brief overview of the system This section captures major system updates and information
Notes
The Netra X4450 is an Intel Xeon processor based server. q The Netra X4450 is a NEBS Level 3 certified 4RU server with up to (4) processors, up to 128GB RAM, (12) drive bays, (8) PCI-E and (2) PCI-X expansion slots. 09/02/2008 - The Netra X4450 (AC) was originally announced. See intro for details.
System Overview
System Information
System Installation
See notes
The following installation part numbers should be quoted when ordering a Netra X4450 server: q EIS-4WAYWGS-E - Installation of (1) Netra X4450 server during local business hours. q EIS-4WAYWGS-E-AH - Installation of (1) Netra X4450 server after local business hours. q EIS-4WAYWGS-5-E - Installation of (5) Netra X4450 servers during local business hours. q EIS-4WAYWGS-5-E-AH - Installation of (5) Netra X4450 servers after local business hours. q EIS-4WAYWGS-10-E - Installation of (10) Netra X4450 servers during local business hours. q EIS-4WAYWGS-10E-AH - Installation of (10) Netra X4450 servers after local business hours.
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page on Sun.com for latest OS support details. The Netra X4450 server comes with Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) enabling simple remote monitoring and management from anywhere on the network.
See Notes
q
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q Intel Xeon E7338 @ 2.40GHz Processors (CPUs) Up to (4) Processor Sockets Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
32 FBDIMM slots
Memory
Maximum of 128GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supply
Redundant, hot-swappable 650W AC power supplies. (8) PCI-E slots: r (2) full-length/full-height x8 (with x16 connector) r (2) low profile x8 (with x8 connector) r (3) low profile x4 (with x8 connector) r (1) slot occupied with a SAS RAID controller to connect the SAS drives. (2) PCI-X slots: r (2) PCI-X slots, full-length/full-height, 64bit @ 133 MHz Up to (12) Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) disk drives 146GB and 300GB disk drives
q q
Additional Notes: Internal Disk Drives Up to (12) 2.5" SAS disk drives. q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
q
DVD-RW
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None (4) RJ45 gigabit ports (1) RJ45 10/100 port (1) Serial port None
q q
Notes
(4) integrated RJ45 10/100/1000 auto-sensing ethernet ports. (1) dedicated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (For ILOM network management). (1) RS-232 serial RJ45 Port. (Used for ILOM)
ILOM Port
(2) front USB 2.0 ports. (2) rear USB 2.0 ports. The X4450 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse, the USB ports can be utilized for that purpose. To simplify remote access to management functions, the service processor supports Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) over IP to redirect the server's video screen, keyboard, and mouse data to a remote administrative workstation via the network. (1) Analog HD15 SVGA Connector.
Video Audio
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage TBD TBD
Details
Details
N/A
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 6.86" (174.2mm) 17.5" (445.0mm)
Details
28.7" (530mm) (To PSU handles) 19.88" (505mm) (To rear I/O) 72.6 lbs (33.0Kg) (maximum)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's 100-240VAC TBD TBD
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Third Party ANSI/EIA-310-D-1992 or IEC 60927-compliant racks in 19-inch/482.6mm panel-width series The following options (not included in the ship kit) are available from Sun to facilitate rack mounting. See individual rack pages or SSH Full Components List for part numbers. r 19" Rack-Mounting Slide Rail Kit. This is a 4-point mounted slide rail kit (i.e., mounting points are located at the rack front and rear). r 23-inch 2 post rackmount kit r 600mm x 600mm rackmount kit
Supported Racks
Ships With
Details
Rack mount kits for 4-post and 2-post mounting in 19-inch racks are included in each base configuration.
Miscellaneous Info
Details
4-Core Intel Xeon Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1C/C (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup for Solaris : 1 q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup for Windows and Linux : 3 q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1C/C
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.15 2010/05/25 06:16:34 gvargise Exp oliveira $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Argo
Family Info
Product Code: NX445
Features
Up to 4 Quad Core Intel Xeon Processors Up to 4 Hot Swap Redundant 2+2 Power Supplies Up to 12 SAS Disk Drives 8 PCI-E & 2 PCI-X Expansion Slots NEBS Level 3 Certification Up to 128GB of Memory 4 Gigabit Ethernet Ports Supports Internal RAID HBA Integrated Lights Out Manager 4RU Rackmount Form Factor
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page on Sun.com for latest OS support details. The Netra X4450 server comes with Integrated Lights Out Management (ILOM) enabling simple remote monitoring and management from anywhere on the network.
See Notes
q
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
Quad Core CPU's: q Intel Xeon E7338 @ 2.40GHz Additional Notes:
q q
Processors (CPU's)
Up to 4 Processor Sockets
A 2-processor system can be upgraded to a 4processor system by adding (2) (identical model and speed) X-option processor boards. Systems configured with one processor or three processors are not supported at this time. An Air baffle (dam) is required for 2 CPU configs and will be added for all 2xCPU standard configurations and XATO configurations at the factory. There will be no field available CPU airflow baffle so downgrade from 4CPU to 2CPU configurations is not supported. 32 FBDIMM slots supporting Fully Buffered DDR2 DIMMs that can be maxed out with 4GB DIMMs. There is no memory to processor ratio requirement all memory slots can be populated in a 2-processor system or a 4-processor system. DIMM's must be installed in matching pairs. Mixing DIMM sizes in a system is supported. Redundant, hot-swappable 650W DC power supplies.
Memory
Maximum of 128GB
q q
Power Supply
Up to 4 power supplies
Eight PCI Express (PCI-E) slots: r 2 x full-length/full-height x8 (with x16 connector) r 2 x low profile x8 (with x8 connector) r 3 x low profile x4 (with x8 connector) r 1 slot occupied with a SAS RAID controller to connect the SAS drives. Two PCI-X slots: r 2 x PCI-X slots, full-length/full-height, 64bit @ 133 MHz Up to twelve 146GB 10K RPM, 2.5" Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) disk drives are supported. SAS disk drive support requires the add-on SAS PCI-Express host adapter card. Drives are front-accessible and hot-swappable. The SAS PCI-Express host adapter and SAS cable kit comes pre-configured for all standard configurations. r The 8-port internal SAS PCI-Express LSI3081E HBA supports RAID 0, 1, 1E levels. This card ship with every standard configuration. One DVD-RW is standard with the Netra X4450.
DVD-RW None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None 4 RJ45 gigabit ports 1 RJ45 10/100 port 1 serial port None
q
Notes
Four integrated RJ45 10/100/1000 auto-sensing ethernet ports. One dedicated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (For ILOM network management). One RS-232 serial RJ45 Port. (Used for ILOM)
ILOM Port
Serial Parallel
USB
4 USB ports
Two front USB 2.0 ports. Two rear USB 2.0 ports. The X4450 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse, the USB ports can be utilized for that purpose. To simplify remote access to management functions, the service processor supports Keyboard/Video/Mouse (KVM) over IP to redirect the server's video screen, keyboard, and mouse data to a remote administrative workstation via the network. One Analog HD15 SVGA Connector.
Video Audio
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage TBD TBD
Details
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 6.86" (174.2mm) 17.5" (445.0mm)
Details
28.7" (530mm) (To PSU handles) 19.88" (505mm) (To rear I/O) 72.6 lbs (33.0Kg) (maximum)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage -48 VDC or -60 VDC
Details
TBD TBD
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Third Party ANSI/EIA-310-D-1992 or IEC 60927-compliant racks in 19-inch/482.6mm panel-width series The following options (not included in the ship kit) are available from Sun to facilitate rack mounting. See individual rack pages or SSH Full Components List for part numbers. r 19" Rack-Mounting Slide Rail Kit. This is a 4-point mounted slide rail kit (i.e., mounting points are located at the rack front and rear). r 23-inch 2 post rackmount kit r 600mm x 600mm rackmount kit
Supported Racks
Ships With
q
Details
Rack mount kits for 4-post and 2-post mounting in 19-inch racks are included in each base configuration.
Miscellaneous Info
Details
Dual and Quad Core Intel Xeon Systems: q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1C/C (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup for Solaris : 1 q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup for Windows and Linux : 3 q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1C/C
Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.15 2010/05/28 19:39:33 oliveira Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Draco AC Oracle BOM Code: N87
Family Info
Product Code: N87
Features
Up to (2) AMD 2-Core or 4-Core Up to 32GB of Memory Processors Up to (4) Internal SAS Disk Drives (4) Gigabit Ethernet Ports
(3) PCI-X / (1) PCI-E Expansion NEBS Level 3 Slots Integrated 2D Graphics Port 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Integrated ALOM (2) AC power supplies
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra X4200 M2 is an AMD processor based server. q The Netra X4200 M2 is a NEBS Level 3 certified 2RU server with up to (2) AMD processors, up to 32GB of memory, up to (4) SAS HDDs, has (3) PCIX and (1) PCI-E slots and supports AC or DC power.
q
System Information
03/06/07 - The Netra X4200 M2 was originally announced. See intro for details. 06/15/10 - New SATA based ATO systems were announced. The new base systems support an optional SATA DVD which replaces the older PATA DVD. The PATA based configs were EOL'd. See Systems Update ID#11124 for details.
When quoting a new Netra X4200 M2 server, one of the following installation part numbers is needed: Base Server Install - One needed for each Server (Covers server set up and installation into a rack) q B61304 - Installation of (1) Netra X4200 M2 server during local business hours q B61305 - Installation of (1) Netra X4200 M2 server after local business hours q B61306 - Installation of (1) Netra X4200 M2 server on weekends
System Installation
See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page on Sun.com for latest OS support details. Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) included in X4200 M2 base configurations.
See notes
q
Management Software
See notes
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron model 23HF HE @ 1.8GHz 2-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron model 2214HE @ 2.2GHz Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q
Processors (CPUs)
Up to (2) processors
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supply
(2) redundant, hot-swappable 550W AC power supplies (3) full-height PCI-X slots r (2) full-length, (1) half-length (1) PCI-E low profile slot (4) internal drive bays (no DVD bay) (2) internal drive bays (with (1) DVD bay) 146GB or 300GB SAS drives
q q
Up to (4) SAS drives with no Internal Disk Drives DVD (2) SAS drives with DVD
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
q q q
(1) DVD drive bay with (2) disk drive base. No DVD drive bay with (4) disk drive base. 8x DVD RW / 24x CD RW SATA or PATA DVD drives
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None (4) RJ45 gigabit ethernet ports (1) RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (1) serial port
q
Notes
(4) integrated RJ45 10/100/1000 ethernet ports (1) integrated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (For LOM network management) (1) TIA/EIA-232-F asynchronous RJ45 Port LOM provides for full remote KVMS (Keyboard, Video, Mouse, Storage) support together with remote media functionality. Lights-out management (LOM) is achieved using an on-board, independently powered service processor with its own robust, security hardened OS. ILOM provides remote administration via an intuitive browser-based GUI, DTMF CLI and remote console. (2) rear USB 2.0 ports The Netra X4200 M2 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse. The USB ports on the Netra X4200 M2 could be used to connect a keyboard and mouse. On-Board 2D VGA graphics controller (up to 1600x1200). (1) rear HD15 port
LOM Port
Serial
LOM
Standard
q
USB
Video Audio
Built-in None
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Tape Storage
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.5" (89mm) 17.4" (442mm) 20" (508mm)
Details
(2) HDD version - 35 lbs (16kg) (4) HDD version - 37.2 lbs (17kg)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current 100 - 240VAC (50-60Hz) 6.1A @ 100VAC to 120VAC 3.2A @ 200VAC to 240VAC 2150 BTU/hr
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Industry standard 19" rack
Supported Racks
Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack kit with slide rails) and only in non-NEBS environments.
Ships With
q
Details
q q
19" 4-post rackmount kit Mounting hardware for various racks and cabinets Misc. hardware, cables and connectors
Miscellaneous Info
Details
4-Core AMD Opteron Systems q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1B/B
2-Core AMD Opteron Systems q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1B/B
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.9 2011/01/16 04:33:40 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra X4200 M2 DC
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Draco DC Oracle BOM Code: N87
Family Info
Product Code: N87 / NX4200
Features
Up to (2) AMD 2-Core or 4-Core Up to 32GB of Memory Processors Up to (4) Internal SAS Disk Drives (4) Gigabit Ethernet Ports
(3) PCI-X / (1) PCI-E Expansion NEBS Level 3 Slots Integrated 2D Graphics Port 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Integrated ALOM (2) DC power supplies
System
Details
Notes
System Overview
The Netra X4200 M2 is an AMD processor based server. q The Netra X4200 M2 is a NEBS Level 3 certified 2RU server with up to (2) AMD processors, up to 32GB of memory, up to (4) SAS HDDs, has (3) PCIX and (1) PCI-E slots and supports AC or DC power.
q
System Information
03/06/07 - The Netra X4200 M2 was originally announced. See intro for details. 06/15/10 - New SATA based ATO systems were announced. The new base systems support an optional SATA DVD which replaces the older PATA DVD. The PATA based configs were EOL'd. See Systems Update ID#11124 for details.
When quoting a new Netra X4200 M2 server, one of the following installation part numbers is needed: Base Server Install - One needed for each Server (Covers server set up and installation into a rack) q B61304 - Installation of (1) Netra X4200 M2 server during local business hours q B61305 - Installation of (1) Netra X4200 M2 server after local business hours q B61306 - Installation of (1) Netra X4200 M2 server on weekends
System Installation
See notes
Software
Operating System
Details
q
Notes
See Supported Operating Systems page on Sun.com for latest OS support details. Integrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) included in X4200 M2 base configurations.
See notes
q
Management Software
See notes
Hardware
Details
Notes
4-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron model 23HF HE @ 1.8GHz 2-Core CPUs: q AMD Opteron model 2214HE @ 2.2GHz Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the CPU Guide for CPU configuration details and notes.
q q
Processors (CPUs)
Up to (2) processors
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Memory Guide for memory configuration details and notes.
q
Power Supply
(2) redundant, hot-swappable 550W DC power supplies (3) full-height PCI-X slots r (2) full-length, (1) half-length (1) PCI-E low profile slot (4) internal drive bays (no DVD bay) (2) internal drive bays (with (1) DVD bay) 146GB or 300GB SAS drives
q q
Up to (4) SAS drives with no Internal Disk Drives DVD (2) SAS drives with DVD
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
q q q
(1) DVD drive bay with (2) disk drive base. No DVD drive bay with (4) disk drive base. 8x DVD RW / 24x CD RW SATA or PATA DVD drives
Additional Notes: q See the notes section in the Internal Guide for configuration details and notes.
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None (4) RJ45 gigabit ethernet ports (1) RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (1) serial port
q
Notes
(4) integrated RJ45 10/100/1000 ethernet ports (1) integrated RJ45 10/100 ethernet port (For LOM network management) (1) TIA/EIA-232-F asynchronous RJ45 Port LOM provides for full remote KVMS (Keyboard, Video, Mouse, Storage) support together with remote media functionality. Lights-out management (LOM) is achieved using an on-board, independently powered service processor with its own robust, security hardened OS. ILOM provides remote administration via an intuitive browser-based GUI, DTMF CLI and remote console. (2) rear USB 2.0 ports The Netra X4200 M2 does not have any dedicated PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse. The USB ports on the Netra X4200 M2 could be used to connect a keyboard and mouse. On-Board 2D VGA graphics controller (up to 1600x1200). (1) rear HD15 port
LOM Port
Serial
LOM
Standard
q
USB
Video Audio
Built-in None
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Tape Storage
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.5" (89mm) 17.4" (442mm) 20" (508mm)
Details
(2) HDD version - 35 lbs (16kg) (4) HDD version - 37.2 lbs (17kg)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current -48VDC or -60VDC (nominal) -40VDC to -75VDC (range) 12.7A @ -48VDC 10.2A @ -60VDC 2085 BTU/hr
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Industry standard 19" rack
Supported Racks
Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack
Ships With
q q
Details
q q
19" 4-post rackmount kit Adapter,9P,DSUB,8POS,RJ45,Female (2) Wago connectors Misc. documentation
Miscellaneous Info
Details
4-Core AMD Opteron Systems q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1B/B
2-Core AMD Opteron Systems q Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1B/B (Server price tier) q Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation x64 : 1 (Processor price tier) q Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: See NBU Tiers page q Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: 1B/B
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.10 2011/01/16 04:33:10 kh204810 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Chalupa 19
Family Info
Product Code: N42
Features
4 UltraSPARC IIIi Processors 6 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 2 RJ45 10/100/1000 Ethernet Ports Redundant Power Supplies NEBS Level 3 Certified System Configuration Card Up to 32GB of Memory Up to 4 Internal SCSI Disk Drives Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI Port 5RU Rackmount Form Factor Optional DVD-RW Advanced Lights Out Management Pre-installed
Software
q q
Details
Solaris 8 (07/03) Solaris 9 (12/03) Solaris 10 (03/05)
q
Notes
Operating system is not pre-installed on 1.28GHz standard configurations. Solaris 10 is pre-installed on 1.6GHz Netra 440 (AC) standard configurations.
Operating System
q
1.28GHz Netra 440 (AC) standard configurations: q No application and development software is preloaded on 1.28GHz standard configurations.
q
1.6Ghz cpu upgrades are available for Netra 440 systems with 1.28Ghz cpus 1.6GHz Netra 440 (AC) standard configurations have the following Sun Java Enterprise System 2005Q1 preintalled (90-day Evaluation Only): q Sun Java System Directory Server 5 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Access Manager 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Directory Proxy Server 5 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Application Server Enterprise Edition 8.1 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Message Queue 3 2005Q1 Enterprise Edition q Sun Java System Web Server 6.1 SP4 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server Mobile Access 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server Secure Remote Access 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Messaging Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Calendar Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Instant Messaging 7 2005Q1 q Sun Cluster 3.1 9/04 with the following Sun Cluster Agents: r Sun Java System Web Server r Sun Java System Application Server r Sun Java System Directory Server r Sun Java System Messaging Server r Sun Java System Calendar Server r Sun Java System Message Queue q Java Enterprise System's Security services.
Pre-installed Software
Management Software
Hardware
Details
q q
Notes
1.28GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB of internal level 2 cache. 1.6GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB internal level 2 cache. Note: 1.6GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB upgrades, are available for Netra 440 systems with 1.28Ghz cpus
q q q
Processors (CPU's)
Available with up to 4
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Memory DIMMs are located on System board. Each CPU controls 2 banks of memory. Each memory bank consists of 2 DIMM's. DDR-1 SDRAM (PC2100) 128bit plus ECC databus. To run PC2700 (DDR1-333) memory system needs to have OBP revision of 4.16.x or higher. 2N Redundant Hot-Swapable power supplies A fully configured system can run on two power supplies. Three 64-bit, 33MHz full length slots Three 64-bit, 33MHz/66MHz full length slots The internal disk drives available are 73GB, 146GB and 300GB 15K rpm Ultra3 SCSI drives. Disk drives are front-access hot-swappable. The DVD-RW and DVD-ROM drives are connected via a 40-pin data cable. They are IDE devices, not SCSI devices. There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 440 (DC).
Power Supplies
2 or 4 AC power supplies
q q
Internal DVDRW/ROM
None
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet Serial
Details
Ultra320 LVD SCSI port None 2 10/100/100 ethernet port
q q
Notes
The external SCSI port is Ultra3 (LVD).
2 serial ports
1 DB9 serial port. RJ45 serial port (for serial management). 1 RJ45 (10/100) ethernet port. 1 RS-232 / 423 asynchronous serial port.
Keyboard (mini-din) None Graphics Audio Other None None Configuration Card Reader
q
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
D240, S1, A1000, D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, , , 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DAT 72 Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount, DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-4Unipack, SDLT320 Desktop, LTO 2 Desktop, L8, , L25 (LVD), L100 (LVD), L180, L500, L8500
Tape Storage
Details
The four internal disks in the Netra 440 (AC). q The basic system includes an Ultra320 SCSI disk backplane that Primary Boot Device accommodates four 73GB disks. Sun StorEdge 3120 q Supported for boot via X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 440 onboard SCSI port. Sun StorEdge 3310 q Supported for boot via X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 440 onboard SCSI port. SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 8.75" (222mm)
Details
17.32" (440mm) including bezel 19.5" (495.3mm) 79.4 lbs (36kg) Not including PCI cards and rack kit 81.6 lbs (37kg) Fully configured with PCI cards and rack kit
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's 90-264 VAC (43-63Hz) 11A @ 90V AC 2252 BTU/hr
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 5RU
q q
Details
Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
Supported Racks
q q
q q
Rack Options
q q
The Netra 440 (AC) ships with a 2 or 4-post rack kit. X8100A-4 - 19" 4 post slide rack kit (RoHS). X7903A-4 - 23" 2-post rack kit (RoHS). X7905A-4 - 600mm x 600mm rack kit (RoHS).
Ships With
q
Details
19" 2/4-post hardmount rackmount kit (no slide rails). r (2) hardmount brackets. r (2) rear mount support brackets. r (2) rear mount flanges. r Screws. RJ45 to DB9 adapter. RJ45 to DB25 adapter. Cat-5 shielded twisted-pair RJ45 serial console cable. Netra 440 documentation. M5 nut kit. Antistatic wrist strap.
q q q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1B/B (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.55 2009/11/19 22:32:44 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Chalupa 19
Family Info
Product Code: N42
Features
4 UltraSPARC IIIi Processors 6 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 2 RJ45 10/100/1000 Ethernet Ports Redundant Power Supplies NEBS Level 3 Certified System Configuration Card Up to 32GB of Memory Up to 4 Internal SCSI Disk Drives Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI Port 5RU Rackmount Form Factor Optional DVD-RW Advanced Lights Out Management Pre-installed
Software
q q
Details
Solaris 8 (07/03) Solaris 9 (12/03) Solaris 10 (03/05)
q
Notes
Operating system is not pre-installed on 1.28GHz standard configurations. Solaris 10 is pre-installed on 1.6GHz Netra 440 (DC) standard configurations.
Operating System
q
1.28GHz Netra 440 (DC) standard configurations: q No application and development software is preloaded on 1.28GHz standard configurations.
q
1.6Ghz cpu upgrades are available for Netra 440 systems with 1.28Ghz cpus 1.6GHz Netra 440 (DC) standard configurations have the following Sun Java Enterprise System 2005Q1 preintalled (90-day Evaluation Only): q Sun Java System Directory Server 5 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Access Manager 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Directory Proxy Server 5 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Application Server Enterprise Edition 8.1 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Message Queue 3 2005Q1 Enterprise Edition q Sun Java System Web Server 6.1 SP4 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server Mobile Access 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server Secure Remote Access 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Messaging Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Calendar Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Instant Messaging 7 2005Q1 q Sun Cluster 3.1 9/04 with the following Sun Cluster Agents: r Sun Java System Web Server r Sun Java System Application Server r Sun Java System Directory Server r Sun Java System Messaging Server r Sun Java System Calendar Server r Sun Java System Message Queue q Java Enterprise System's Security services.
Pre-installed Software
Management Software
Hardware
Details
q q
Notes
1.28GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB of internal level 2 cache. 1.6GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB internal level 2 cache. Note: 1.6GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB upgrades, are available for Netra 440 systems with 1.28Ghz cpus
q q q
Processors (CPU's)
Available with 2 or 4
Memory
Maximum of 32GB
Memory DIMMs are located on System board. Each CPU controls 2 banks of memory. Each memory bank consists of 2 DIMM's. DDR-1 SDRAM (PC2100) 128bit plus ECC databus. To run PC2700 (DDR1-333) memory system needs to have OBP revision of 4.16.x or higher. Power supplies are -40 to -75 VDC A fully configured system can run on two power supplies Three 64-bit, 33MHz full length slots Three 64-bit, 33MHz/66MHz full length slots The internal disk drives available are 73GB, 146GB and 300GB 15K rpm Ultra3 SCSI drives. Disk drives are front-access hot-swappable. The DVD-RW and DVD-ROM drives are connected via a 40-pin data cable. They are IDE devices, not SCSI devices. There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 440 (DC).
Power Supplies
2 or 4 DC power supplies
q q
Internal DVDRW/ROM
None
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet Serial
Details
Ultra320 LVD SCSI port None 2 10/100/100 ethernet port
q q
Notes
The external SCSI port is Ultra3 (LVD)
2 serial ports
1 DB9 serial port RJ45 serial port (for serial management) 1 RJ45 (10/100) ethernet port 1 RS-232 / 423 asynchronous serial port
Keyboard (mini-din) None Graphics Audio Other None None Configuration Card Reader
q
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
D240, S1, A1000, D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, , , 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DAT 72 Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount, DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-4 Unipack, SDLT320 Desktop, LTO 2 Desktop, L8, , L25 (LVD), L100 (LVD), L180, L500, L8500
Tape Storage
Details
The four internal disks in the Netra 440 (DC). q The basic system includes an Ultra320 SCSI disk backplane that Primary Boot Device accommodates four 73GB disks. Sun StorEdge 3120 q Supported for boot via X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 440 onboard SCSI port. Sun StorEdge 3310 q Supported for boot via X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 440 onboard SCSI port. SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 8.75" (222mm) 17.32" (440mm) including bezel
Details
18.75" (476 mm) front bezel tangent to rear I/O panel 19.5" (495 mm) overall maximum depth 79.4 lbs (36kg) Not including PCI cards and rack kit 81.6 lbs (37kg) Fully configured with PCI cards and rack kit
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -40 to -75 VDC 23A max 2252 BTU/hr
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 5RU
q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
q q
Rack Options
q q
The Netra 440 (DC) ships with a 2 or 4-post rack kit. X8100A-4 - 19" 4 post slide rack kit (RoHS) X7903A-4 - 23" 2-post rack kit (RoHS) X7905A-4 - 600mm x 600mm rack kit (RoHS)
Ships With
q
Details
19" 2/4-post hardmount rackmount kit (no slide rails) r (2) hardmount brackets r (2) rear mount support brackets r (2) rear mount flanges r Screws DC connectors RJ45 to DB9 adapter RJ45 to DB25 adapter Cat-5 shielded twisted-pair RJ45 serial console cable Netra 440 documentation M5 nut kit Antistatic wrist strap
q q q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1B/B (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.55 2009/11/19 22:30:53 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Enchilada 19 Product Code: N54
Features
Up to 2 UltraSPARC IIIi Processors 3 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 4 RJ45 10/100/1000 Ethernet Ports Redundant AC Power Supplies Integrated SSL Card Option Advanced Lights Out Management Pre-installed Up to 8GB of Memory 2 Internal Ultra160 SCSI Disk Drives Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI Port 2RU Rackmount Form Factor System Configuration Card
Partner Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ] Netra 240 (AC) Just The Facts
SSHandbook - Full Components Netra 240 (AC) Intro List [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ]
SSHandbook - Full Components Netra 240 (AC) Documentation List [Non-RoHS] [RoHS] (docs.sun.com)
Software | Hardware | External Ports | External Storage | Boot Devices | Physical Specs | Electrical Specs | Rack Info | Ships With | Misc. Info
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 8 (07/03) Solaris 9 (04/04) Solaris 10 (03/05)
q
Notes
Solaris 10 (3/05) is pre-installed on the Netra 240 (AC).
Pre-installed Software
1.5GHz Netra 240 (AC) standard configurations have the following Sun Java Enterprise System 2005Q1 preintalled (90-day Evaluation Only): q Sun Java System Directory Server 5 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Access Manager 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Directory Proxy Server 5 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Application Server Enterprise Edition 8.1 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Message Queue 3 2005Q1 Enterprise Edition q Sun Java System Web Server 6.1 SP4 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server Mobile Access 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Portal Server Secure Remote Access 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Messaging Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Calendar Server 6 2005Q1 q Sun Java System Instant Messaging 7 2005Q1 q Sun Cluster 3.1 9/04 with the following Sun Cluster Agents: r Sun Java System Web Server r Sun Java System Application Server r Sun Java System Directory Server r Sun Java System Messaging Server r Sun Java System Calendar Server r Sun Java System Message Queue q Java Enterprise System's Security services.
q
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
Processors (CPU's)
Available with 1 or 2
q q
UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB of internal level 2 cache. Processors are located on the System Board. Each processor controls 4 DIMM slots (two banks of two DIMMS). Memory DIMMs are located on System board. Each CPU controls 2 banks of memory. Each memory bank consists of 2 DIMM's. DDR-1 SDRAM (PC2100) 128bit plus ECC databus. To run PC2700 (DDR1-333) memory system needs to have OBP revision of 4.16.x or higher. The Netra 240 (AC) includes redundant AC power supplies A fully configured Netra 240 (AC) can run with only one power supply and the second power supply is for redundancy or load sharing. One 64-bit, 66MHz full length slot Two 64-bit, 33MHz half length slots The PCI slots support PCI cards up to 25 watts each, but with a maximum total of 45 watts for all three slots combined. The internal disk drives available are 73GB, 146GB, and 300GB 15K rpm Ultra3 SCSI drives. Disk drives are front-access hot-swappable. The internal disk drives and are controlled by a single integrated Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI controller. The external LVD SCSI port and optional internal SCSI tape drive also share the SCSI controller. The DVD-RW and DVD-ROM drives are connected via a 40-pin data cable. They are IDE devices, not SCSI devices. There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 240 (AC).
q q q
Memory
Maximum of 8GB
Power Supplies
q q
Internal DVDRW/ROM
None
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
Ultra3 LVD SCSI port None 4 gigabit ethernet ports 1 serial port
The external SCSI port is Ultra3 (LVD)160 SCSI with a VHDCI connector. The SCSI port shares the same SCSI bus with the internal disk drives.
All gigabit ports are 10/100/1000 RJ45 TPE ethernet ports. 1 DB9 serial port (used for console output) 1 RJ45 (10/100) ethernet port 1 RS-232 / 423 asynchronous serial port
Serial
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
S1, A1000, D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, 9910, 9960, 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-3 Flexipack, DDS-4 Unipack, DAT 72Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount, SDLT600 Desktop, L8, L500, L8500
Tape Storage
Details
Primary Boot Device The Netra 240 internal disk drives. Sun StorEdge 3120 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or V240 onboard SCSI port. Additional Supported Boot Devices SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.44" (87.4mm) 17.4" (442mm) 20" (508mm) 41 lbs (18.6kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's 90 - 264 VAC 6.1A @ 90 VAC 1,876 BTU/hr
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
Supported Racks
Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack kit with slide rails) and only in non-NEBS environments.
Ships With
Details
q q q q q q
19" 4-post rackmount kit (no slide rails) r (2) hardmount brackets r (2) rear mount support brackets r (2) rear mount flanges r Screws RJ45 to DB9 adapter RJ45 to DB25 adapter Cat-5 shielded twisted-pair RJ45 serial console cable Netra 240 (AC) documentation M5 nut kit Antistatic wrist strap
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1A/A (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.41 2009/05/20 23:10:29 sbabb Exp pb233676 $
Comments or feedback on Xmen? Contact the SSA Sun Center SE's
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Enchilada 19 Product Code: N54
Features
Up to 2 UltraSPARC IIIi Processors 3 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 4 RJ45 10/100/1000 Ethernet Ports Redundant Power Supplies NEBS Level 3 Certified System Configuration Card Up to 8GB of Memory 2 Internal Ultra160 SCSI Disk Drives Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI Port 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Integrated SSL Card Option Advanced Lights Out Management Pre-installed
SSHandbook - Full Components Sun Intro List [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ]
SSHandbook - Full Components Netra 240 (DC) Documentation List [Non-RoHS] [RoHS] (docs.sun.com)
Software | Hardware | External Ports | External Storage | Boot Devices | Physical Specs | Electrical Specs | Rack Info | Ships With | Misc. Info
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 8 (07/03) Solaris 9 (04/04) Solaris 10 (03/05)
q q
Notes
Solaris Solaris 10 (03/05) is pre-installed on the Netra 240 (DC). Solaris 9 support is planned starting with Solaris 9 (04/04).
q q q q
q q
Pre-installed Software
q q q q
1.5GHz Netra 240 (DC) standard configurations have the following Sun Java Enterprise System 2005Q1 pre-intalled (90-day Evaluation Only): Sun Java System Directory Server 5 2005Q1 Sun Java System Access Manager 6 2005Q1 Sun Java System Directory Proxy Server 5 2005Q1 Sun Java System Application Server Enterprise Edition 8.1 2005Q1 Sun Java System Message Queue 3 2005Q1 Enterprise Edition Sun Java System Web Server 6.1 SP4 2005Q1 Sun Java System Portal Server 6 2005Q1 Sun Java System Portal Server Mobile Access 6 2005Q1 Sun Java System Portal Server Secure Remote Access 6 2005Q1 Sun Java System Messaging Server 6 2005Q1 Sun Java System Calendar Server 6 2005Q1 Sun Java System Instant Messaging 7 2005Q1 Sun Cluster 3.1 9/04 with the following Sun Cluster Agents: r Sun Java System Web Server r Sun Java System Application Server r Sun Java System Directory Server r Sun Java System Messaging Server r Sun Java System Calendar Server r Sun Java System Message Queue Java Enterprise System's Security services. ALOM is pre-installed on the system controller on the Netra 240 (DC).
Management Software
Hardware
Details
Notes
Processors (CPU's)
Available with 1 or 2
q q
UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB of internal level 2 cache. Processors are located on the System Board. Each processor controls 4 DIMM slots (two banks of two DIMMS). Memory DIMMs are located on System board. Each CPU controls 2 banks of memory. Each memory bank consists of 2 DIMM's. DDR-1 SDRAM (PC2100) 128bit plus ECC databus. To run PC2700 (DDR1-333) memory system needs to have OBP revision of 4.16.x or higher. Power supplies are -48 / -60 VDC A fully configured Netra 240 (DC) can run with only one power supply and the second power supply is for redundancy or load sharing. One 64-bit, 66MHz full length slot Two 64-bit, 33MHz half length slots The PCI slots support PCI cards up to 25 watts each, but with a maximum total of 45 watts for all three slots combined. The internal disk drives available are 73GB, 146GB, and 300GB 15K rpm Ultra3 SCSI drives. Disk drives are front-access hot-swappable. The internal disk drives and are controlled by a single integrated Ultra3 (LVD) SCSI controller. The external LVD SCSI port and optional internal SCSI tape drive also share the SCSI controller. The DVD-RW and DVD-ROM drives are connected via a 40-pin data cable. They are IDE devices, not SCSI devices. There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 240 (DC).
q q q
Memory
Maximum of 8GB
Power Supplies
q q
Internal DVDRW/ROM
None
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
Ultra3 LVD SCSI port None 4 gigabit ethernet ports 1 serial port
The external SCSI port is Ultra3 (LVD)160 SCSI with a VHDCI connector. The SCSI port shares the same SCSI bus with the internal disk drives.
All gigabit ports are 10/100/1000 RJ45 TPE ethernet ports. 1 DB9 serial port (used for console output) 1 RJ45 (10/100) ethernet port 1 RS-232 / 423 asynchronous serial port
Serial
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
S1, A1000, D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, , , 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-3 Flexipack, DDS-4 Unipack, DAT 72 Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount, SDLT600 Desktop, L8, , L500, L8500
Tape Storage
Details
Primary Boot Device The Netra 240 internal disk drives. Sun StorEdge 3120 q Supported for boot via X2222A, X4422A, X6758A HBA's, or Netra 240 onboard SCSI port. Additional Supported Boot Devices SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.44" (87.4mm) 17.4" (442mm) 20" (508mm) 41 lbs (18.6kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -48 / -60 VDC 14A max 1,241 BTU/hr
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
Supported Racks
Note: q Please see specific rack guide pages above for detailed rack kit and cable management arm information. q The X8028A-Z (CMA) will only work with the X8029A-Z (4-post rack kit with slide rails) and only in non-NEBS environments.
Ships With
Details
q q q q q q
19" 4-post rackmount kit (no slide rails) r (2) hardmount brackets r (2) rear mount support brackets r (2) rear mount flanges r Screws RJ45 to DB9 adapter RJ45 to DB25 adapter Cat-5 shielded twisted-pair RJ45 serial console cable WAGO DC connector assembly kit Netra 240 (DC) documentation M5 nut kit Antistatic wrist strap
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1A/A (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.42 2009/05/20 23:12:33 sbabb Exp pb233676 $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename:Salsa19
Family Info
Product Code: N79
Features
Up to 2 UltraSPARC IIIi Processors 1 PCI I/O Expansion Slot 4 Gigabit Ethernet Ports 1RU Rackmount Form Factor Advanced Lights Out Management(ALOM) Standard Up to 8GB of Memory 2 Internal SCSI Disk Drives Ultra160 (LVD) SCSI Port System Configuration Card NEBS level 3 Certified
SSHandbook - Full Components Sun Intro List [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ RoHS ]
SSHandbook - Full Components Netra 210 (AC) Documentation List [RoHS] (docs.sun.com)
Software
q
Details
Solaris 9 (9/05) or later q Solaris 10 (1/06) or later Pre-installed Software Advanced Lights Out Management (ALOM)
q
Notes
Solaris 10 is pre-installed on the Netra 210 (AC).
Java Enterprise System (Version 4) is pre-installed on Netra 210 (AC) standard configurations. ALOM is pre-installed on the Netra 210 (AC).
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
q
Notes
q
Available with 1 or 2
1.34GHz UltraSPARC IIIi with 1MB of internal level 2 cache. Each processor controls 4 DIMM slots (two banks of two DIMM's). 8 DIMM slots (4 DIMM slots per CPU). Memory DIMM's are located on CPU/Memory boards. Each CPU controls 2 banks of memory. Each memory bank consists of 2 DIMM's. The power supply requires its own AC input. One 64-bit 33/66 MHz full length slot. The internal disk drives are 73GB or 146GB 10K RPM SAS. Disk drives are front-access hot-swappable. They are IDE devices, not SCSI devices. There is no internal tape drive support on the Netra 210 (AC).
q q
Memory
Maximum of 8GB
q q
Internal Disk Drives Up to 2 SAS disk drives Internal DVDRW/ROM Internal Tape Drive Optional DVDRW or DVDROM None
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
One Ultra160 SCSI port None 4 gigabit ethernet ports 1 serial port
q q
Notes
The external SCSI port is Ultra160 (LVD) SCSI.
All gigabit ports are 10/100/1000 RJ45 TPE ethernet ports. One TIA/EIA-232-F asynchronous (DB9) Port. One RJ45 (10/100) ethernet port. One RS-232 / 423 asynchronous serial port.
Serial
2 ALOM ports None 2 USB ports None None None Configuration Card Reader
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage N/A N/A
Details
Details
Physical Specs
Height 1.7" (42.8mm)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's 90-264 VAC (47-63Hz) 4.6A @ 100VAC 1570 BTU/hr max
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 1RU
q q q
Details
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N
Supported Racks
q q q
Rack Options
The Netra 210 (AC) ships with the standard slide rack kit for mounting in Sun supported racks. q The X8215A option enables the Netra 210 (AC) with a 24-inch 4 post slide and 2 post hard mount kit.
q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes
q
Details
N/A
Miscellaneous Info
q q q q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1A/A (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.17 2009/03/18 22:13:46 to233153 Exp $
Comments or feedback on Xmen? Contact the Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra 20 (AC)
Last Order Date: October 06, 2004
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Lightweight 2+ Product Code: N28
Features
Up to 2 UltraSPARC III Processors 4 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 1 RJ45 10/100 Ethernet Port System Configuration Card NEBS level 3 Certified Up to 8GB of Memory 2 Internal FCAL Disk Drives 1 Single-ended Ultra SCSI Port 4RU Rackmount Form Factor Lights Out Management(LOM) Module
Partner Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List SSHandbook - Exploded View Just The Facts Netra 20 Intro
Software
q
Details
q q
Notes
q q
Operating System
Solaris 8 (2/02) or later required for 900MHz processors. Solaris 8 (2/02) or later, or Solaris 9 (12/02) or later required for 1.2GHz processors. LOMlite2 included with Solaris 8 media kit.
Management Software
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
Up to 2
Notes
Supported processors include 750MHz, 900MHz or 1.2GHz UltraSPARC III, all with 8MB of eCache q Mixing processor speeds is not supported.
q
Memory
Up to 8GB
8 memory DIMM's located on system board 2 banks of 4 DIMM's 500W power supply maximum output. Auto-sensing 90 to 264VAC. The Netra 20 is not available with a second power supply. 1 full-size slot, 32 or 64bit, operating at 33 or 66MHz. 2 full-size slots, 32 or 64bit, operating at 33MHz. 1 half-size slot, 32 or 64bit, operating at 33MHz. The 4 PCI slots are broken up into two buses, the three 33MHz only slots are on one bus and the 33/66MHz slot is on another bus. Supported disk drives include 36GB or 73GB FCAL drives. The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated FCAL controller. Shares internal SCSI bus with internal SCSI tape drive. External SCSI port uses a separate SCSI bus.
Power Supplies
q q
q q
Shares internal SCSI bus with internal SCSI DVDROM. External SCSI port uses a separate SCSI bus. There is no floppy drive support on the Netra 20.
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
UltraSCSI (SCSI-3), 40MB/sec with 68-pin connector. Uses separate SCSI bus, not shared with internal SCSI DVD-ROM and tape drive. The fibre channel port has an HSSDC connector interface. HSSDC connectors are built in fibre channel copper connections and GBICs are not needed. Currently there are no supported storage options connected to this HSSDC port. Twisted-pair (TPE) RJ45 10/100 ethernet port DB-25 serial connectors RS-232 and RS-423 compatibility 1 RJ45 serial port 1 DB-15 male port Both ports located on alarms card DB-25 serial connector 2 twin series "A" ports @12Mb/s There is no dedicated minidin-8 keyboard port, and if a graphics card is installed and a keyboard and mouse is needed the Netra 20 has 4 USB ports that can be used.
Fibre Channel
Ethernet
Serial
LOM
2 LOM ports
q q
Parallel USB
Keyboard
None
Video Audio
None None
q
There is no built in graphics port, and if graphics is needed then an optional supported PCI graphics card will be needed.
Other
The system configuration card reader (SCCR) is located on the back of the Netra 20 and contains the system identity parameters for the server, information such as ethernet MAC address, HostID and other configuration parameters. It replaces the NVRAM for the storage of configuration variables and other non volatile data.
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
S1, st A1000, st D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, 9910, 9960, 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-3 Flexipack, DDS-4 Unipack, DAT 72 Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount, SDLT600 Desktop, L8, C2, C4
Tape Storage
details
The Netra 20 internal disk drives
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 6.95" (176.6mm) 17.53" (445.2mm) 20" (508.1mm) 60 lbs (27.3kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage 90 - 264 VAC
Details
7.2A @ 100 VAC 735W @ 90 VAC 683W @ 240 VAC 2250 BTU/hr max
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 1000-38
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
q q q q
Details
Netra 20 manual set CD0 (for Solaris 8 Release 04/01 and 07/01) 19-inch (2-post and 4-post) rackmount kit, install documents DAT front panel for future upgrade DVD ROM front panel for future upgrade RJ45-RJ45 cable RJ45-DB25 adaptor cable Bezel filter foam Bezel filter frame
q q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 Veritas Volume Manager: Tier 1A Veritas File System: Tier 1A Veritas NetBackup: Workgroup
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.32 2009/03/18 22:08:09 to233153 Exp $
Comments or feedback on Xmen? Contact the SSA Sun Center SE's
Netra 20 (DC)
Last Order Date: October 06, 2004
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Lightweight 2+ Product Code: N28
Features
Up to 2 UltraSPARC III Processors 4 PCI I/O Expansion Slots 1 RJ45 10/100 Ethernet Port System Configuration Card NEBS level 3 Certified Up to 8GB of Memory 2 Internal FCAL Disk Drives 1 Single-ended Ultra SCSI Port 4RU Rackmount Form Factor Lights Out Management (LOM) Module
Partner Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List SSHandbook - Exploded View Netra 20 Just The Facts Netra 20 Intro
Software
q
Details
q q
Notes
q q
Operating System
Solaris 8 (2/02) or later required for 900MHz processors. Solaris 8 (2/02) or later, or Solaris 9 (12/02) or later required for 1.2GHz processors. LOMlite2 included with Solaris 8 media kit.
Management Software
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
Up to 2
Notes
Supported processors include 750MHz, 900MHz or 1.2GHz UltraSPARC III, all with 8MB of eCache. q Mixing processor speeds is not supported.
q
Memory
Up to 8GB
8 memory DIMM's located on system board. 2 banks of 4 DIMM's. 500W power supply maximum output. 48 to 60VDC with dual input. The Netra 20 is not available with a second power supply. 1 full-size slot, 32 or 64bit, operating at 33 or 66MHz. 2 full-size slots, 32 or 64bit, operating at 33MHz. 1 half-size slot, 32 or 64bit, operating at 33MHz. The 4 PCI slots are broken up into two buses, the three 33MHz only slots are on one bus and the 33/66MHz slot is on another bus. Supported disk drives include 36GB or 73GB FCAL drives. The two internal disk drives are controlled by a single integrated FCAL controller. Shares internal SCSI bus with internal SCSI tape drive. External SCSI port uses a separate SCSI bus.
Power Supplies
q q
q q
Shares internal SCSI bus with internal SCSI DVDROM. External SCSI port uses a separate SCSI bus. There is no floppy drive support on the Netra 20.
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
UltraSCSI (SCSI-3), 40MB/sec with 68-pin connector. Uses separate SCSI bus, not shared with internal SCSI DVD-ROM and tape drive. The fibre channel port has an HSSDC connector interface. HSSDC connectors are built in fibre channel copper connections and GBICs are not needed. Currently there are no supported storage options connected to this HSSDC port. Twisted-pair (TPE) RJ45 10/100 ethernet port. DB-25 serial connectors. RS-232 and RS-423 compatibility. 1 RJ45 serial port. 1 DB-15 male port. Both ports located on alarms card. DB-25 serial connector. 2 twin series "A" ports @12Mb/s There is no dedicated minidin-8 keyboard port, and if a graphics card is installed and a keyboard and mouse is needed the Netra 20 has 4 USB ports that can be used.
Fibre Channel
Ethernet
Serial
LOM
2 LOM ports
q q
Parallel USB
Keyboard
None
Video Audio
None None
q
There is no built in graphics port, and if graphics is needed then an optional supported PCI graphics card will be needed.
Other
The system configuration card reader (SCCR) is located on the back of the Netra 20 and contains the system identity parameters for the server, information such as ethernet MAC address, HostID and other configuration parameters. It replaces the NVRAM for the storage of configuration variables and other non volatile data.
External Storage
Disk Storage
Details
S1, st A1000, st D1000, D2, 3120, 3310, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, 9910, 9960, 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-3 Flexipack, DDS-4 Unipack, DAT 72 Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount, SDLT600 Desktop, L8, C2, C4
Tape Storage
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 6.95" (176.6mm) 17.53" (445.2mm) 20" (508.1mm) 60 lbs (27.3kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage -40 to -60 VDC
Details
12A @ -48 VDC 10A @ -60 VDC 770W @ -48 VDC 782W @ -60 VDC 2250 BTU/hr max
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q q q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 1000-38
Supported Racks Note: q The Netra 20 DC is a DC powered server so could not utilze any of the AC power sources in any of the Sun cabinets.
Ships With
q q q q q
Details
Netra 20 manual set. CD0 (for Solaris 8 Release 04/01 and 07/01). 19-inch (2-post and 4-post) rackmount kit, install documents. DAT front panel for future upgrade. DVD ROM front panel for future upgrade. RJ45-RJ45 cable. RJ45-DB25 adaptor cable. Bezel filter foam. Bezel filter frame. DC Input Connector Kit(includes two Wago DC input connectors).
q q q q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 Veritas Volume Manager: Tier 1A Veritas File System: Tier 1A Veritas NetBackup: Workgroup
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.32 2009/03/18 22:10:35 to233153 Exp $
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Lightweight 3 Product Code: N14
Features
Up to Four UltraSPARC II Processors 4 PCI I/O Expansion Slots RJ45 10/100 Ethernet Port NEBS Level 3 Certified Remote System Monitoring Up to 4GB Memory Up to Four SCSI Disk Drives Single-Ended SCSI Port 6RU Rackmount Form Factor Lights Out Management (LOM)
Partner Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List SSHandbook - Exploded View Netra 1405 Just The Facts Netra 1405 Intro
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
q q q
Management Software
Remote system management mechanism that allows control of remotely deployed servers.
Hardware
Processors (CPU's) Memory
Details
Up to 4 Up to 4GB maximum
q
Notes
UltraSPARC II 440MHz processors. 16 DIMM slots, 4 banks of 4 DIMMs. Three AC 330W power supplies, auto-sensing 100 to 240VAC. Each power supply requires a separate AC power cord. One slot is 32bit ONLY, operating at 33MHz. Two slots are 32/64bit, operating at 33MHz. One slot is 32/64bit, operating at 33/66MHz. 36.4GB hot-pluggable SCSI disk drives. 32x CD-ROM and 10x/40x DVD/CD-ROM are supported. 12GB 4mm DDS-3 tape drive. There is no floppy drive support on the Netra 1405.
Power Supplies
3 Power Supplies
q q
Internal Disk Drives Up to 4 SCSI disk drives Internal DVD-ROM Up to 1 SCSI DVD-ROM Internal Tape Drive Internal Floppy Drive Up to 1 tape drive None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
One single-ended 68-pin SCSI port None
q
Notes
16 bit Ultra fast wide, 40MB/sec. There is no Fibre Channel support on the Netra 1405.
Fibre Channel
Ethernet Serial
10/100 DB-25 serial connectors. DB-25 serial connector. RS-232 and RS-423 compatibility. DB-25 serial connector. There is no USB support on the Netra 1405. This is not a NEBS-compliant port. There is no built in graphics port and No graphics cards are supported in the Netra 1405.
LOM
2 LOM ports
None None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
S1, st A1000, st D1000, 3310, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, A5200, 6120, 6130, FLX380, 6320, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS SDLT220 Desktop, SDLT320 Desktop, L7, L8, C2, L25, C4, L100
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 10.4" (26.4 cm) 17 " (43.18 cm) 19.9" (50.47 cm) 51 lb (23.16 kg)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current AC 100-240VAC 47-63Hz, 0.4KVA 32A@230VAC
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 6 RU
q q q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 1000-38
Supported Racks
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes
q
Details
19-inch rackmount kit is included with ship kit.
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 Veritas Volume Manager: Tier 1B Veritas File System: Tier 1B Veritas NetBackup: Workgroup
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.34 2009/03/19 21:39:54 to233153 Exp $
Comments or feedback on Xmen? Contact the SSA Sun Center SE's
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Lightweight 3 Product Code: N15
Features
Up to Four UltraSPARC II Processors 4 PCI I/O Expansion Slots RJ45 10/100 Ethernet Port NEBS Level 3 certified Remote System Monitoring Up to 4GB Memory Up to Four Hot-Pluggable SCSI Disk Drives One Single-Ended SCSI Port 6RU Rackmount Form Factor Lights Out Management(LOM)
Partner Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page SSHandbook - Full Components List SSHandbook - Exploded View Netra 1400 Just The Facts Netra 1400 Intro
Software
q q
Details
Solaris 2.6 (5/98) or later Solaris 7 Solaris 8 Solaris 9 Solaris 10
Notes
Operating System
q q q
Management Software
Remote system management mechanism that allows control of remotely deployed servers.
Hardware
Processors (CPU's) Memory
Details
Up to 4 Up to 4GB maximum 3 Power Supplies
q q
Notes
UltraSPARC II 440MHz processors 16 DIMM slots, 4 banks of 4 DIMMs Three DC 330W power supplies, -48/60VDC. Each power supply has dual DC inputs. One slot is 32bit ONLY, operating at 33MHz. Two slots are 32/64bit, operating at 33MHz. One slot is 32/64bit, operating at 33/66MHz. 36.4GB hot-pluggable SCSI disk drives 32x CD-ROM and 10x/40x DVD/CD-ROM are supported. 12GB 4mm DDS-3 tape drive There is no floppy drive support on the Netra 1400
Power Supplies
q q
Internal Disk Drives Up to 4 SCSI disk drives Internal DVD-ROM Up to 1 SCSI DVD-ROM Internal Tape Drive Internal Floppy Drive Up to 1 tape drive None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
One single-ended 68-pin SCSI port
q
Notes
16 bit Ultra fast wide, 40MB/sec
Fibre Channel
There is no Fibre Channel support on the Netra 1400. 10/100 DB-25 serial connectors. DB-25 serial connector. RS-232 and RS-423 compatibility. DB-25 serial connector There is no USB support on the Netra 1400. This is not a NEBS-compliant port. There is no built in graphics port and No graphics cards are supported in the Netra 1400.
Ethernet Serial
LOM
2 LOM ports
None None
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
S1, D130, st A1000, st D1000, 3310, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, A5200, 6120, 6130, FLX380, 6320, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS SDLT220 Desktop, SDLT320 Desktop, L7 L8, C2, L25, C4, L100
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 10.4" (26.4 cm) 17 " (43.18 cm) 19.9" (50.47 cm) 51 lb (23.16 kg)
Electrical Specs
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 6 RU
q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes
q
Details
19-inch rackmount kit is included with ship kit.
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 3 Veritas Volume Manager: Tier 1B Veritas File System: Tier 1B Veritas NetBackup: Workgroup
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.34 2009/03/19 21:36:08 to233153 Exp $
Comments or feedback on Xmen? Contact the SSA Sun Center SE's
Netra 120
Last Order Date: March 16, 2006
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Flapjack II+
Family Info
Product Code: N25
Features
1 UltraSPARC IIi Processor 1 PCI I/O Expansion Slot 2 10/100 Ethernet Ports Lights Out Management (LOM) Module System Configuration Card and Reader Up to 4GB of Memory 2 Internal SCSI Disk Drives 1 Ultra2 LVD SCSI Port 1RU Rackmount Form Factor
Partner Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page Netra 120 Just The Facts SSHandbook - Full Components List SSHandbook - Exploded View Netra 120 Intro
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
q q
Solaris 8 (10/01) or later Solaris 9 Solaris 10 Lights Out Management (LOMlite2) Sun Java System Web Server Sun Java System Active Server Pages Apache HTTP server
Standard configurations with 36GB disk drives have Solaris 8 (10/01) pre-installed. Standard configurations with 73GB disk drives have Solaris 8 (02/04) pre-installed.
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
q
Notes
q q
650MHz UltraSPARC IIi with 512K of eCache. Processors are located on system board. Module upgrade NOT available. Memory DIMM's are located on the system board. 4 DIMM slots available. DIMM's can be installed in singles. DIMM sizes can be mixed. 130 Watts maximum output -40/-75VDC Each power supply has dual DC inputs One 32/64-bit, 33MHz slot The disk bays are front accessible and the disks are hot-pluggable Either the CD-ROM or the DVD/CD-ROM can be installed, not both
q q
Memory
Maximum of 4GB
q q
Power Supplies
q q
Internal Disk Drives Up to two 73GB SCSI disk drives Internal CD/DVDROM 40x IDE CD-ROM or 8x/40x DVD/CDROM
None
q
There is no Internal Tape drive support on the Netra 120. There is no Internal Floppy drive support on the Netra 120.
None
External Ports
SCSI
Details
q
Notes
q
One Ultra2 LVD SCSI port None Two 10/100 ethernet ports Two RJ45 serial ports
The external SCSI port is Ultra2 LVD SCSI with a HD68-pin connector The external SCSI port can run in single-ended (40MB/sec) or LVD (80MB/sec)
Both ports are 10/100 RJ45 (TPE) ethernet ports One of the ports (TTY-A) is used for a serial console connection or to connect to LOM The second port is a standard serial port RJ45 serial port (TTY-A), this is also the same port which is used for the system serial console port.
Serial
The USB ports can be used for a keyboard and mouse Usually use remote management, however, the two USB ports can be used to connect a keyboard and mouse Supported video cards include: r PGX64 r XVR-100
The system configuration card contains the system's configuration, host ID, MAC address, and OpenBoot PROM settings.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
S1, st A1000, st D1000, A1000, D1000, 3120, 3310, 3320, A5200, 3510, 3511, T3WG, T3ES, 3910, 3960, 6910, 6960, 6120, 6320, 6920, 9910, 9960, 9970, 9980, 9990, 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS DDS-3 Unipack, DDS-4 Unipack, DAT 72 Desktop, DAT 72 Rackmount
Details
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 1.72" (43.6mm) 17.2" (436.7mm) 18.8" (478mm) 22 lbs (10kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -40/-75VDC 4A@40VDC 550 BTU/hr max
Details
Rack Info
Rack Units 1RU
q q q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Fire Cabinet
Supported Racks
Note: The Netra 120 is a DC powered server so could not utilze any of the AC power sources in any of the Sun cabinets.
Ships With
Details
q q q q q
q q q q q
19" rackmounting brackets (fixed "ears") Slide rail kit Cable management bracket RJ-45 to RJ-45 patch cable for ethernet or serial connection RJ-45 to DB-25 adapter 10-32 UNF Sun rackmounting screw kit Netra 120 Server User's Guide Netra 120 Set Up Poster Netra 120 Safety and Compliance Guide Netra 120 Server Product Notes
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 1 Veritas Volume Manager: Tier 1A Veritas File System: Tier 1A Veritas NetBackup: Workgroup
q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.35 2009/03/18 21:52:48 mb233152 Exp $
Comments or feedback on Xmen? Contact the SSA Sun Center SE's
Netra ct 810
Last Order Date is August 19, 2008 Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Makaha
Family Info
Product Code: N09
Features
One UltraSPARC IIi/IIIi+ Processor Six 6U cPCI Slots (Rear-access Version) Two Hot-swappable SCSI Disk Drive One or Two RJ45 10/100 Ports 4GB Max Memory Five 6U cPCI Slots (Front-access Version) One Ultra SCSI Port (Rear-access Version Only) AC or DC Power Supplies
NEBS Level 3 Certified and ETSI 12RU Rackmount Form Factor Certified
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 8 (2/02) or later Solaris 9 Solaris 10
q
Notes
Not supported with Solaris 7
Management Software
q q q
Card has it's own CPU, processor, OS, and application software Enables power on/off from a remote console Notifies a hard or soft reset of the CPU board Interacts with the Network Mgmt. Software on the server to indicate changes in system state
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
q
Notes
q
1 Processor
650MHz UltraSPARC IIi w/ 512 KB L2 cache 1.0 GHz UltraSPARC IIIi+ w/ 4MB L2 Cache Two Mezzanine Memory Modules. All current ct 810 servers come standard with 1GB or 2GB of memory. Available in either AC or DC power. Redundant hot-swappable power supplies. Six standard CompactPCI 6U hot-swap slots with H.110 (rear-access models) Five standard CompactPCI 6U hot-swap slots with H.110 (front-access models) All cPCI slots conform to PICMG Specification: 2.0 Rev 3, 2.1 Rev 1, 2.5 Rev 1 Two front access hot-swap 36GB or 73GB SCSI hard drives. Optional DVD ROM The DDS-4 SCSI tape drive
Memory
4GB Max
Power Supplies
4 Power Supplies
Internal Disk Drives 1 or 2 SCSI Disk Drives Internal DVD-ROM DVD-ROM Internal Tape Drive Optional DDS-4 SCSI Tape Drive
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
One UltraSCSI port None 2 RJ45 10/100 Ethernet Ports
q q q
Notes
One single-ended UltraSCSI port Located on CPU card
Located on CPU card and CPU transition card. Front-access model: One RJ45 10/100 port located on the front CPU card. Rear-access model: Two RJ45 10/100 ports located on the host CPU rear transition card. Provides remote access from a System Admin. Console along with alarm notification Single 6U Slot One DB25 parallel port (Rear access version only)
Serial
LOM
The Netra ct 810 includes redundant fan trays, a LED status panel, system air filter, and CPU processor board.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage , 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS N/A
Details
Details
SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 20.18" (512.67 mm) 8.56" (217mm) 14.89" (378.3mm) 38lbs (17.24kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -48V DC, or 110 - 120V AC
Details
14A per cord (max.), 17A input surge N/A
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 12RU
q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet
Ships With
q
Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
Details
General Information
q q q
The Netra ct 1600 chassis is installed into our 72" rack or an industry standard 19",23", 24", or 600mm rack. Netra ct 810's are available in "Front Cable Access" and "Rear Cable Access" versions depending on customer requirements. Front cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the front of the cabinet. Rear cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the rear of the cabinet. Both the Netra ct 410 and Netra ct 810 servers are installed into the Netra ct 1600 chassis. Front cable access servers require the front-access ct 1600 chassis (N09-F). Rear cable access servers require the rear-access ct 1600 chassis (N09R). Rear cable access with AC input servers require the rear-access ct chassis (N09-AR). Up to two ct 810s can be installed into a ct 1600 chassis. Up to three ct 1600 chassis' can be installed into a 72" rack. Two ct 410's and one ct 810 can also be installed into a single ct 1600 chassis.
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.26 2008/02/19 15:40:16 oliveira Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra ct 410
Last Order Date is August 19, 2008 Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Makaha
Family Info
Product Code: N09
Features
One UltraSPARC IIi/IIIi+ Processor Two 6U cPCI Slots (Diskfull Version) One Hot-swappable SCSI Disk Drive One or Two RJ45 10/100 Ports NEBS Level 3 Certified and ETSI Certified 4GB Max Memory Three 6U cPCI Slots (Diskless Version) One Ultra SCSI Port AC or DC Power Supplies 12RU Rackmount Form Factor
SSHandbook - Full Components List [ Sun Intro Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ NonRoHS ] [ RoHS ]
Software
Operating System
Details
Solaris 8 (2/02) or later Solaris 9 Solaris 10 Alarm Card (LOM)
q
Notes
Not supported with Solaris 7.
Management Software
The alarm card is a standard component for the Netra ct 410 server.
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
q
Notes
q
1 Processor
One 650MHz UltraSPARC IIi w/ 512 KB L2 cache. 1.0 GHz UltraSPARC IIIi+ w/ 4MB L2 Cache Two Mezzanine Memory Modules All current ct 410 servers come standard with 1GB or 2GB of memory. Available in either AC or DC power. DC 420W power supply, -48V AC 420W power supply, 90V-240V Two 6U cPCI slots in the ct 410 diskfull version. Three 6U cPCI slots in the ct 410 diskless version. These slots can be used for I/O cards and/or Satellite CPU cards (TBA). One front access hot-swap 36GB or 73GB SCSI hard drive. None None There is no floppy drive support on the Netra ct 410.
Memory
4GB Max
Power Supplies
1 Power Supply
q q
q q
Internal Disk Drives 1 SCSI Disk Drive Internal DVD-ROM None Internal Tape Drive Internal Floppy Drive None
None
External Ports
Details
Notes
SCSI
The single-ended Ultra SCSI port is a VHDCI connector. r Located on the host CPU front transition card for front access model. r Located on the host CPU rear transition card for rear access model.
Fibre Channel
None
q
Ethernet
2 Ethernet Ports
q
One RJ45 10/100 port located on the front CPU card (front access model.) One RJ45 10/100 port located on the host CPU front transition card. Two RJ45 10/100 ports located on the host CPU rear transition card (rear access model.) One DB9 Serial Port (TTY B) located on the host CPU front transition card - Front access model. One DB25 parallel port located on the host CPU rear transition card - Rear access model. The alarm card is a standard component for the Netra ct 410 server. There are two different types of alarm cards used in the Netra ct 410 server. r The single wide 6U alarm card is used in the diskless version of the Netra ct 410. r The double wide 3U alarm card is used only in the diskfull version of the Netra ct 410. The alarm card and accompanying software perform the following functions: r Power on and off the server from a remote console. r Notifies an administrator in the event of a component failure. r Gives a hard or soft reset of the CPU board. r Interacts with the network management software on the server to indicate changes in system state. One DB9 serial port (TTY B) located on the host CPU front transition card in front access models. Two DB9 serial ports located on the host CPU rear transition card in rear access models.
Serial
LOM
Alarm Card
Parallel
1 or 2 Parallel Ports
One PS/2 port Located on CPU card Graphics cards are not supported.
1 COM Port
Located on the host CPU card. Use this COM port as the TTY A port for front access model only.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage , 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS N/A
Details
Details
Primary Boot Device The Netra ct 810 internal disk drives. Additional Supported Boot Devices SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 21" (512.67 mm) 4.25" (108mm) 14.91" (378.67mm) 22lbs (9.98kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -48V DC, or 110 - 120V AC
Details
14A per cord (max.), 17A input surge 380 BTU/hr
Rack Info
Details
12RU
q
Ships With
q
Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q
Details
Netra ct 410's are available in both "Front Cable Access" and "Rear Cable Access" versions depending on customer requirements. Front cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the front of the cabinet. Rear cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the rear of the cabinet. Both the Netra ct 410 and Netra ct 810 servers are installed into the Netra ct 1600 chassis (Supported in Sun's 72' Expansion Cabinet.) Front cable access with DC input servers require the front-access ct chassis (N09-F.) Rear cable access with DC input servers require the rear-access ct chassis (N09-R.) Rear cable access with AC input servers require the rear-access ct chassis (N09-AR.) Up to four ct 410's can be installed into a ct 1600 chassis. Up to three ct 1600 chassis' can be installed into a 72" rack. Two ct 410's and one ct 810 can also be installed into a single ct 1600 chassis. Fits into 19", 23", 24", 600mm (requires mounting kit, 19" flanges supplied with product, others available as options.)
General Information
q q q
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.26 2008/02/19 15:41:03 oliveira Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra ct 820
Last Order Date: December 31, 2005
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Sanibel 21
Family Info
Product Code: N35
Features
One UltraSPARC IIi Processor One 40GB Disk Drive Two RJ45 10/100 Ports PICMG 2.9 IPMI System Management Support 2.5GB Max Memory Eighteen cPSB Slots 8 DC Power Supplies Processor Management Services (PMS) for Satellite Processors
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
Not supported with Solaris 7 Enables power on/off from a remote console. Notifies a hard or soft reset of the CPU board. Interacts with the Network Mgmt. Software on the server to indicate changes in system state.
Management Software
q q
Hardware
Processors (CPU's) 1
Details
q q
Notes
One 650MHz UltraSPARC IIi. 512 KB L2 cache. Two SODIMM 1GB memory modules. 512KB Memory soldered on board. Eight power supplies. -48/60 VDC nominal, 250 Watts per power supply. Four DC input filters (rear). All cPSB slots conform to PICMG Specification: 2.16 cPSB Additional storage will require a PMC I/O card and external storage.
Memory
Maximum of 2.5 GB
q q
Power Supplies
q q
Internal Disk Drives Includes 1 PMC HDD 40GB Internal DVD-ROM None Internal Tape Drive Internal Floppy Drive None
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
None None Two 10/100 RJ45 Ethernet Ports
q
Notes
Requires a PMC I/O card. Requires a PMC I/O card.
Serial
RS-232 ports Provides remote access from a System Admin. Console along with alarm notification.
Utilizes DMC None One USB Port None None None Two PMC slots per node (board)
q q q
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS None
Details
Details
Primary Boot Device The Netra ct 820 internal disk drives. Additional Supported Boot Devices SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 21" (533mm) 17.3" (436mm) 17" (431mm) 97lbs (44.1kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Details
-48V DC, or 110 - 240V AC 14A per cord (max.), 20A input surge N/A
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 12RU N/A
Details
Ships With
q q q q q
Details
DIN-9 to DB-25 Adapter Cable Solaris 8 02/02 Operating Environment Installation DVD DB9F to DB9F Adapter DB9M to RJ11 Adapter 6-Pin RJ11 Cable
Miscellaneous Info
General Information Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index
Details
Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.15 2006/02/16 19:25:58 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra ct 800
Last Order Date: May 13, 2004
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Monte Carlo
Family Info
Product Code: N08-D
Features
One UltraSPARC IIi Processor 1GB Max Memory Six 6U cPCI slots in ct 800 Rear- Five 6U cPCI slots in ct 800 access models Front-access models Two 36GB SCSI Disk Drives Two RJ45 10/100 Ports One Ultra SCSI Port Two DC Power Supplies
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
q q
Management Software
q q q
Card has it's own CPU, processor, OS, and application software Enables power on/off from a remote console Notifies a hard or soft reset of the CPU board Interacts with the Network Mgmt. Software on the server to indicate changes in system state
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
q
Notes
q q
440-Mhz UltraSparc IIi CPU Each CPU card holds up to 1GB RAM Primary: 16 KB data and 16 KB instruction, on-chip Secondary: 2-MB external Two Sun mezzanine memory modules Minimum 512 MB; up to 1 GB maximum All current ct 800 servers come standard with the maximum 1GB of memor 2 redundant hot swappable power supplies -48/60 V D nominal, 360 W per power supply Six standard CompactPCI 6U hot-swap slots with H.110 (rear-access models) Five standard CompactPCI 6U hot-swap slots with H.110 (front-access models) All cPCI slots conform to PICMG Specification: 2.0 Rev 3, 2.1 Rev 1, 2.5 Rev 1 Two hot-pluggable 36GB SCSI hard drives One or two 3.5" x 1", 36GB Optional DVD-ROM The DDS-4 SCSI tape drive
Memory
Maximum of 1GB
q q
Power Supplies
q q
Includes 1 or 2 Internal Disk Drives 36GB SCSI disk drives Internal DVD-ROM DVD-ROM Internal Tape Drive Optional DDS-4 SCSI tape drive
q q
None
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
One Ultra SCSI port None
q q q
Notes
One single-ended Ultra SCSI port Located on CPU card
2 ethernet ports
Two RJ45 10/100 port. Located on CPU card and CPU transition card. Two RJ45 serial ports (RS-232). Located on CPU transition card. Provides remote access from a System Admin. Console along with alarm notification 6U Single Slot One DB25 parallel port.
Serial
q q
LOM
One PS/2 port Located on CPU card. Graphics cards are not supported.
The Netra ct 800 includes redundant fan trays, a LED status panel, system air filter, and CPU processor board.
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage , 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS N/A
Details
Details
SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 20.18" (512.67 mm) 8.56" (217mm) 14.89" (378.3mm) 38lbs (17.24kg)
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -48V DC, or 110 - 120V AC
Details
14A per cord (max.), 17A input surge N/A
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 12RU
q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet
Ships With
q
Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
Details
General Information
q
q q q
The Netra ct 1600 chassis is installed into our 72" rack or an industry standard 19",23", 24", or 600mm rack. Netra ct 800s are available in both "Front Cable Access" and "Rear Cable Access" versions depending on customer requirements. Front cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the front of the cabinet. Rear cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the rear of the cabinet. Both the Netra ct 400 and Netra ct 800 servers are installed into the Netra ct 1600 chassis. Front cable access servers require the front-access ct 1600 chassis (N08-DF). Rear cable access servers require the rear-access ct 1600 chassis (N08DR). Up to two ct 800s can be installed into a ct 1600 chassis. Up to three ct 1600 chassis' can be installed into a 72" rack. Two ct 400s and one ct 800 can also be installed into a single ct 1600 chassis.
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.20 2006/02/16 19:25:37 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra ct 400
Last Order Date: May 05, 2004
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Tonga
Family Info
Product Code: N08-D
Features
One UltraSPARC IIi Processor Two 6U CompactPCI (cPCI) Slots One 36GB SCSI Disk Drive Two RJ45 10/100 Ports NEBS Level 3 and ETSI Certified 1GB Max Memory One 3U CompactPCI (cPCI) Slot Two DC 360W Power Suppies One Ultra SCSI Port 12RU Rackmount Form Factor
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
q q
Management Software
q q q
Card has it's own CPU, processor, OS, and application software Enables power on/off from a remote console Notifies a hard or soft reset of the CPU board Interacts with the Network Mgmt. Software on the server to indicate changes in system state
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
q
Notes
q q
440-Mhz UltraSparc IIi CPU Each CPU card holds up to 1GB RAM Primary: 16 KB data and 16 KB instruction, on-chip Secondary: 2-MB external Two Sun mezzanine memory modules Minimum 512 MB; up to 1 GB maximum All current ct 400 servers come standard with the maximum 1GB of memory 1 hot-swappable power supply -48/60 V D nominal, 360 W per power supply Two 6U compactPCI slots and one 3U compactPCI The 3U cPCI slot is only available if alarm card is not Two hot-pluggable 36GB SCSI hard drives One or two 3.5-in. x 1-in., 36 GB Optional DVD ROM The DDS-4 SCSI tape drive There is no floppy drive support on the Netra ct400
Memory
Maximum of 1GB
q q
Power Supplies
q q
Includes 1 or 2 Internal Disk Drives 36GB SCSI disk drives Internal DVD-ROM DVD-ROM Internal Tape Drive Internal Floppy Drive Optional DDS-4 SCSI tape drive None
q q
External Ports
SCSI Fibre Channel Ethernet
Details
One UltraSCSI port None
q q q
Notes
One single-ended UltraSCSI port Located on CPU card
2 ethernet ports
Two RJ45 10/100 port Located on CPU card and CPU transition card Two RJ45 serial ports (RS-232) Located on CPU transition card Provides remote access from a System Admin. Console along with alarm notification 6U Single Slot One DB25 parallel port (Located on CPU transition card)
Serial
q q
LOM
None None
q
One PS/2 port Located on CPU card Graphics cards are not supported
None None
Other
q
The Netra ct 400 includes 2 redundant (hotswappable fan trays, a LED status panel, system air filter, and CPU processor board. Graphics cards are not supported in Netra servers
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage 5210 NAS, 5310 NAS N/A
Details
Details
SAN Boot q Fabric Boot Support available. Check rules and guidelines for booting over a SAN (SAN 4.3).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 21" (512.67mm) 4.25" (108mm) 14.91" (378.67mm) 22 lbs (9.98kg) Fully Loaded
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current BTU's -48V DC, or 110 - 120V AC
Details
14A per cord (max.), 17A input surge 380
Rack Info
Rack Units Supported Racks 12RU
q
Details
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet
Ships With
q
Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
Details
q q
General Information
q q q
There is NO AC power version of the ct 400 Netra ct 400s are available in both "Front Cable Access" and "Rear Cable Access" versions depending on customer requirements Front cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the front of the cabinet Rear cable access servers are designed so that all cPCI cards, cables and power connectors are accessible from the rear of the cabinet Both the Netra ct 400 and Netra ct 800 servers are installed into the Netra ct 1600 chassis (Supported in Sun's 72' Expansion Cabinet) Front cable access servers require the front-access ct 1600 chassis (N08-DF) Rear cable access servers require the rear-access ct 1600 chassis (N08DR) Up to four ct 400s can be installed into a ct 1600 chassis - View Up to three ct 1600 chassis' can be installed into a 72" rack - View Two ct 400s and one ct 800 can also be installed into a single ct 1600 chassis - View
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.21 2006/02/16 19:25:16 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename:Schumacher
Family Info
Product Code:
Features
Up to (2) 1.1GHz USIIIi processors 2 PCI Mezzanine card (PMC) expansion slots Two 10/100BASE-T Ethernet Ports Up to 4GB of Memory Sun Compact Flash card Rear I/O access using rear transition card (RTC)
Internal Links
SSHandbook - Main System Page [ RoHS ] CP3010 AMD Opteron Blade Just The Facts
SSHandbook - Full Components Sun Intro List [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View
Software
Details
Notes
Operating System
Solaris 10 OS
The Netra CP3010 supports Solaris 10 1/06, and Solaris 9 9/05, with supported Netra patches. All Netra CP3010 processor blades come with a Solaris license
Hardware
Processors (CPU's)
Details
One or two UltraSPARC IIIi+ processors Maximum of 4GB
q q
Notes
Up to 2 UltraSPARC IIIi 1.1GHz processors Both processors operate at the same speed 4 DDR1 DIMMs support up to 4 GB 4x 1GB Power is provided via the chassis that the blade module plugs into. See the specific chassis pages for power details. Netra ct900 Rear access support using Netra CP30X0 rear transition card (RTC) CP3010 front I/O is redirected to rear when RTC is present
Memory
Power Supplies
None
q q
I/O Expansion
External Ports
SCSI
Details
Netra CP30X0 rear transition card; PMC SCSI I/O
q
Notes
SCSI devices can be used for local booting; requires optional rear transition card with PMC SCSI I/O. Two-channel Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) port for external storage access 2X SAS port is available in front and rear (RTC required) at all times.
SAS
Two 10/100BASE-T Ethernet interfaces as maintenance ports Two (RJ45) asynchronous serial ports on front panel provide a path for a console I/O. Serial port access is available in front and rear when RTC is present, and is available only in front when no RTC is present.
Serial
External Storage
Disk Storage Tape Storage
Details
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs. See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
Details
Dual SAS on rear RTM with support for two hot-swappable 146-GB HDDs. TBD
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight (322.25mm) (30mm) including bezel (280mm) TBD
Details
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's
Details
Please refer to the ct900 chassis pages: q Netra ct900
Rack Info
Rack Units
q
Details
Please refer to the Blade Chassis Pages. CP3010 UltraSPARC IIIi Server Modules reside inside the ct900 Server Chassis. Please refer to the Blade Chassis pages for rack information. Netra ct900
Supported Racks
q q
Ships With
Ship Kit Includes TBD
Details Details
q q
Miscellaneous Info
q q q
Solaris Cluster Licensing: Tier 2 Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1A/A (Server price tier) Symantec/Veritas Storage Foundation : 1 (Processor price tier) Symantec/Veritas NetBackup: 1 (Workgroup) Symantec/Veritas QuickStart: NA
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.5 2009/03/19 19:05:04 to233153 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Whitney
Features
Full 4Gb Fibre Channel Architecture Scales from 365GB to 67.2TB of Raw Fibre Channel Storage Fibre Channel or SATA Disk Drives Scales from 2.5TB to 224TB of Raw SATA Storage
Supports Mixing Fibre Channel Redundant Power and Cooling and SATA Redundant Hardware RAID Controllers Multi-Platform Support NEBS Level 3 Support 2GB or 4GB Cache Configurations 3RU Rackmount Form Factor (per tray) DC-Power Supplies and ACPowered Options are Available
System
Notes
The Sun StorageTek 6140 is a "Hardware RAID" storage solution with "4Gb Fibre Channel to Host Connectivity" and uses "FC or SATA Disk Drives". A Sun StorageTek 6140 configuration is comprised hardwarewise of either just a "6140 Controller Tray" or a "6140 Controller Tray with CSM2 Expansion Trays". A configuration can scale from (5) up to (112) disk drives. q The ST6140 controller tray supports between (5) up to (16) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a ST6140 configuration, (1) to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected.
q
System Information
01/09/07 - The Sun StorageTek 6140 was originally announced. See intro for details. 08/18/09 - New premium features software licensing (i.e. Domain, Snapshot, Volume Copy, and Replicator) is announced for array/feature consolidation. See intro and quick facts document for details. The LOD for the old software licenses is 12/04/09.
Software
Notes
A full suite of data services is available for the Sun Storage 6140. This suite consists of the following software products: "Common Array Manager (CAM) or SANtricity Storage Manager", "Sun StorageTek Storage Domains", "Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot", "Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy" and "Sun StorageTek Data Replicator". Common Array Manager (CAM) or SANtricity Storage Manager1: q Common Array Manger is included with Sun Storage 6140 at no additional charge. A "Getting Started Guide" is included in each controller system that directs customers to the free download of CAM and to the array documentation. q A media kit is also available for customers who cannot access the sun.com website and need to receive the management software for the
array. While customers can receive CAM free of charge on-line, there is a cost associated with the media kit. The Common Array Manager is a browser-based, application-oriented management console from which all of the array's functionality is accessed. SANtricity is an alternate storage manager offered and fully supported for the Sun Storage 6140 array. It provides a single point of control for multiple tiers of storage and across locations and operating systems.
NOTE: 1 SANtricity SW is available as a chargeable option and requires the approval of the BU when using with the Sun Storage 6140. Sun StorageTek Storage Domain (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Storage Domain segments storage capacity by host and applications and enables storage consolidation in multi-platform environments. q Available via 8 or 128 storage domain RTU licenses. q No storage domains are bundled with the array. q The product group states that 8 domains is the recommended base quantity. q The 6140 uses "Tier 1" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot enables customers to create spaceefficient, point-in-time images of their critical volumes, which can be used to eliminate the backup window and rapidly recover data. q Up to 8 Copy-On-Write snaps per volume. q Licensed on a per system bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Snapshot RTU license also includes license for Data Volume Copy. q The 6140 uses "Tier 1" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy enables customers to quickly and securely duplicate a volume for data mining, analysis, migration or enhanced backup operations. q Licensed on a per system bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Volume Copy RTU license also includes license for Data Snapshot. q The 6140 uses "Tier 1" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Replicator (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Replicator enables customers to protect their data
q q
through continuous replication (mirror) to a remote storage array. Replication software supports a variety of replication options to provide administrators with the flexibility to optimize data protection and utilization; including multiple data transfer (mirroring) modes, dynamic mode switching, suspend/resume with delta resynchronization, and remote data access. Create up to 64 replication mirrors. Licensed on a per system bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). The 6140 uses "Tier 1" licenses.
Hardware
Notes
The 6140 controller tray has redundant hardware RAID controllers, and is available in either a 2GB or a 4GB cache configuration. The 6140 controller tray also houses up to (16) disk drives, and also has fibre channel ports for host and expansion tray connectivity. The 6140 controller tray includes two hardware RAID controllers: q 4GB cache configuration = 2GB cache on each hardware RAID controller. q 2GB cache configuration = 1GB cache on each hardware RAID controller. q Supports hardware RAID levels 0, 1, 3, 5 and 1+0 and 6. q Each RAID controller contains a battery that provides up to 7 days of cache protection (This rating is for a 1GB cache controller). Standard BBU rating is spec'd at up to 72 hours. q Hardware RAID controllers are hot-swappable. Storage capacity: q The ST6140 controller tray supports between (5) up to (16) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a ST6140 configuration, (1) to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected. q 4GB Controller Tray Configuration: 6140 controller tray + up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 112 drives). q 2GB Controller Tray Configuration: 6140 controller tray + up to (3) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 64 drives). Fibre Channel ports for host connectivity: q 4GB Cache configs have (8) 4Gb/sec FC ports to connect to hosts (4 FC ports per controller). q 2GB Cache configs have (4) 4Gb/sec FC ports to connect to hosts (2 FC ports per controller). q Shortwave SFP's (4Gb) included for the (8) FC host ports. Fibre Channel ports for expansion tray connectivity:
(4) FC ports to connect to expansion trays. (2) FC expansion ports per controller. Up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to the 6140 4GB cache controller tray. Up to (3) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected to the 6140 2GB cache controller tray.
Customers wishing to upgrade their existing 6140 to Sun Storage 6180 have two options: 1) Purchase a new 6180 controller tray and switch out with current 6140 controller tray. q To convert the current 6140 controller tray into a CSM200 expansion tray, order qty (2) XTCCSM2-IOMZ(-N). q Use EIS-ARRAY-TRAY-E to cover the conversion and installation of the new expansion tray. 2) Upgrade their 6140 FC RAID controllers using the 6180 upgrade kits. Please note: A customer may not upgrade from a 6140 4GB Cache/8 Host Port configuration to a 6180 4GB Cache/4 Host Port configuration. q To upgrade a 6140 2GB Cache/4 Host Port configuration to a 6180 4GB Cache/4 Host Port configuration, order qty (2) XTB61802G2PCTLFC-N (or XTB6180-2G2PCTL-FC). q To upgrade a 6140 2GB Cache/4 Host Port configuration to a 6180 4GB Cache/8 Host Port configuration, order qty (2) XTA61802G4PCTLFC-N (or XTA6180-2G4PCTL-FC). q Upgrading a 6140 4GB Cache/8 Host Port configuration to a 6180 4GB Cache/4 Host Port configuration is not supported. q To upgrade a 6140 4GB Cache/8 Host Port configuration to a 6180 4GB Cache/8 Host Port configuration, order qty (2) XTA61802G4PCTLFC-N (or XTA6180-2G4PCTL-FC). Notes: q For customers upgrading their FC RAID Controllers from a 6140 to the 6180 using the upgrade kits, please note, warranties follow original hardware. For example, if a customer has 1 year left on the warranty for their 6140 and they upgrade to a 6180, the 6180 maintains the warranty from the 6140 with 1 year left. It does not start over at 3 years. Customers upgrading to a 6180 by purchasing a 6180 controller tray will receive a 3 year standard warranty. q All CSM2 expansion trays can be migrated from the 6140 to 6180 with all data intact.
The ST6140 controller tray supports between (5) up to (16) disk drives and to add more storage capacity to a ST6140 configuration, (1) to (6) CSM2 expansion trays can be connected. q A minimum of (5) and a maximum of (16) FC or SATA drives can be installed in each CSM2 expansion tray. q 4GB Controller Tray Configuration: Up to (6) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 112 drives). q 2GB Controller Tray Configuration: Up to (3) CSM2 expansion trays max (scales from 5 to 64 drives). q Each CSM2 expansion tray has (4) FC ports for connectivity. r (2) FC ports for upstream (controller tray or previous expansion tray) connectivity. r (2) FC ports for downstream (additional expansion tray) connectivity. q See CSM2 Expansion Tray page for additional details. A 6140 Controller Tray supports between 5(min) and 16(max) FC or SATA disk drives. q Both fibre channel and SATA drives are supported in the controller tray. q Mixing FC and SATA drives is supported. q Mixing drive capacities is supported, but the smallest drive size in each RAID group will dictate the usable capacity for all drives in that group. Supported disk drives for 6140 Controller Tray: q 73GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 400GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 450GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 600GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 500GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 750GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q (Solid State Drives announced on March 16, 2010 for 6780/6580 arrays not supported in 6140) Each CSM2 Expansion Tray supports between 5(min) and 16(max) FC or SATA disk drives. q Both fibre channel and SATA drives are supported in a CSM2 expansion tray. q Mixing FC and SATA drives is supported. q Mixing drive capacities is supported, but the smallest drive size in each RAID group will dictate the usable capacity for all drives in that group.
Disk Drives
Expansion trays can have different capacity drives from the controller tray, if desired.
Supported disk drives for CSM2 Expansion Tray: q 73GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 146GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 300GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 400GB drive: (Fibre Channel 10K RPM) q 450GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 600GB drive: (Fibre Channel 15K RPM) q 500GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 750GB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA 7200 RPM) q (Solid State Drives announced on March 16, 2010 for 6780/6580 arrays not supported in CSM2 for 6140) AC and DC-powered options are available with NEBS Level 3 Certification q Each 6140 controller tray and CSM2 expansion tray includes redundant power suppliess and fans q Power supplies are hot-swappable. q Each power supply has (2) hot-swappable cooling fans. q Each power supply has an external power connection to connect to two independent power grids
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
External Ports
Notes
6140s with 4GB Cache q (8) FC host ports total (4 ports per controller). q Ports are 4GB/2GB/1GB auto-sensing ports. q All SFP's are included in the controllers. Fibre Channel Ports 6140s with 2GB Cache q (4) FC host ports total (2 ports per controller). q Ports are 4GB/2GB/1GB auto-sensing ports. q All SFP's are included in the controllers. Four 10/100 RJ-45 ethernet ports per tray q Each controller has two ethernet ports for remote management connectivity.
Ethernet Ports
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 5.1" (129.5 mm) per tray 17.6" (447mm) per tray 22.5" (571.5mm) per tray 88 lbs (40.0kg) (controller tray) 85 lbs (38.5kg) (expansion tray)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's 90 - 264 VAC AC Version -36 to -72 VDC DC Version 3.96A @ 115 VAC 2.06A @ 240 VAC 17A Max Operating (-36 to -72 VDC) 460 Watts max. 1,571 BTU/hr max.
Rack Info
Rack Units 3RU Per Tray
q q q q q q
Supported Racks
q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Fire Cabinet 72" StorEdge Expansion Cabinet
Note: q For STK F40 customers, the standard rail kits are required: XF40RAILSZ. The XF40RAILSZ rail kit includes the power cords needed internally to connect the arrays to the STK F40 rack's internal power.
Ships With
Controller tray (1 x 1) includes the following: q Dual FC RAID controller cards per tray with 2 GB cache or 4 GB of cache. q Four (4) shortwave SFPs for host connections (Sun StoragetTek 6140 array - 2 GB cache version) q Eight (8) shortwave SFPs for host connections (Sun StorageTek 6140 array - 4 GB cache version) q Two 5-meter LC-LC Fibre Channel cables. q Two 6-meter RJ45-RJ45 Ethernet cables. q Two 2-meter 6-Pin MiniDin to RJ45 serial cables. q Sun StorageTek 6140 Host Software CD with Common Array Manager software. q Sun StorageTek 6140 Array Getting Started Guide. q Sun StorageTek 6140 Array Poster Guide. q Sun StorageTek 6140 Array CLI Quick Reference Guide. q Accessing Documentation Pointer. Expansion tray (0 x 1) includes the following: q Dual I/O modules per tray. q Two 2-meter LC-LC multi mode interconnect cables. q Accessing Documentation Pointer.
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.52 2011/02/10 18:40:31 ditore Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Minnow SATA
Features
Serial ATA to Fibre Channel Architecture 5 to 12 SATA Disk Drives Available as RAID or JBOD Arrays Single or Dual RAID Controllers NEBS Level 3 Support Redundant AC Power and Cooling Battery-backed Cache (RAID Arrays) 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Multi-platform Support AC to DC upgrade available
SSHandbook - Full Sun Intro Components List [ Non-RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ Non-RoHS ]
Software | Hardware | Supported Connectivity | External Ports | Physical Specs | Electrical Specs | Rack Info | Ships With
Software
Notes
Each StorEdge 3511 uses the following management software: q Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software q Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software q Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software Notes: q This software is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD. q Prior to January 24, 2006, the above software was automatically shipped (via software CD) with every 3511 array. See product family notice for details. Additional Supported Software: q Sun StorEdge Traffic Manager 3.1 q Sun StorEdge Automated Diagnostic Environment 2.3 (requires patch 114590-07)
Hardware
Notes
The 3511 FC array with SATA consists of a single disk tray with 5 to 12 disk drives, and can be ordered as follows: q As a RAID array with single or dual hardware RAID controllers. q As a JBOD expansion array with no hardware RAID controllers. Note: See "RAID Array", "JBOD Expansion Array", or "Standalone JBOD Expansion Array" sections below for more details. Each 3511 array can accommodate up to (12) hot-swappable SATA disk drives. q Supported disk drives include 250GB, 400GB and 500GB SATA drives. q 3511 arrays can be configured with five to twelve disk drives. q Five-drive 3511 configurations do not ship with drive carriers in the empty seven drive bays. q The drive carriers are included with the x-option drives. q Mixing drive capacities (250GB, 400GB and 500GB) within a 3511 is supported. Drive Specifications q 250GB drive: (7200K RPM, SATA) q 400GB drive: (7200K RPM, SATA)
Array Enclosure
Disk Drives
3511 FC Max Raw Storage Capacities (Single Tray) q 250GB drive configurations: (3.0TB) q 400GB drive configurations: (4.8TB) q 500GB drive configurations: (6.0TB) 3511 FC Max Raw Storage Capacities (Max 3511 Config, 1 RAID Array + 5 JBOD Expansion Arrays) q 250GB drive configurations: (18.0TB) q 400GB drive configurations: (28.8TB) q 500GB drive configurations: (36.0TB) Each RAID controller contains the following: q A RAID controller q A hot-swappable battery module RAID Array Notes: q Supported hardware RAID levels include 0, 1, 0+1, 3, 5, 3+1, 5+1. q Each 3511 can contain one or two hot-swappable RAID controllers. q The second RAID controller is for redundancy and provides automatic failover with cache mirroring between the two controllers. q 1024 LUNs per controller or controller pair; 256 command tag quest (CTQ's) per controller or controller pair. q Each RAID controller has 1GB of battery-backed cache (supports up to 72hrs in the event of a power failure). q The 1GB memory on-board the RAID controller is fixed and not upgradeable. q All Fibre Channel ports require SFP modules, each controller array ships with some SFP's. q Single Controller configurations have 8 ports total (6 for host connections and 2 for expansion tray connection). r Single Controller configurations can support up to 6 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 2 direct connect hosts with path failover. r Single Controller configurations ship with 4 SFP's installed. r See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. r Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). q Dual Controller configurations have 16 ports total (12 for host connections and 4 for expansion tray connection).
RAID Array
Dual Controller configurations can support up to 12 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 6 direct connect hosts with path failover. r Dual Controller configurations ship with 6 SFP's installed. r See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. r Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). To add an additional FC RAID Controller w/ 1GB cache and Battery Back up unit, order part number XTA-3511-CTRL-1G (Includes 2 SFP's). Rackmount configurations can be converted to Tabletop configurations by using the Tabletop Conversion Kit XTA-3000-2U-R2T. An air management sled XTA-3000-AMBS is used to occupy an empty drive slot Up to five expansion units can be daisy-chained off of a 3511 RAID array. It is not supported to daisy-chain 3511 FC RAID arrays.
r
The hot-swappable battery module contains: q One 10BaseT/100BaseT RJ45 ethernet port used for remote configuration, management, and monitoring. q One DB9 serial port used for local configuration, management, and monitoring. q Battery backup for cache, which has approximately 72 hours hold time. 3511 JBOD Expansion Units are used to add capacity to 3511 RAID Arrays: q Up to five expansion units can be daisy-chained off of a 3511 RAID array. q Expansion Units do not have any cache, it uses the cache on the daisychained RAID 3511 FC. q Expansion Units can be upgraded with the FC RAID Controller. Part number XTA-3511-CTRL-1G. q Expansion Units ship with 2 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK).
Cache
Amount of cache included with each 3511 FC RAID controller: q 1GB ECC cache memory per controller, fixed non-upgradeable (JBOD arrays do not have cache). q Hot-swappable battery cache modules. q Battery backup for cache, approximately 72 hours hold time. q Write back and write through cache control (factory default is write back). q Hot-swap redundant RAID controllers with mirrored synchronized-write cache (optional configuration). The 3511 FC array can be ordered in an AC power configuration. An AC to DC upgrade can be ordered. See note below. q Each 3511 FC contains two 420W hot-swappable power cooling units(PCU). q Each PCU contains one power supply and two fans. q Each power supply has a separate AC input. q A fully loaded disk tray can operate with only one power supply. Notes: q An AC-powered array can be converted to DC-powered array by ordering qty (2) XTA-3000-2UDC-KIT conversion kits.
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
External Ports
Notes
Single Controller Configurations: q Single Controller configurations have 8 ports total (6 for host connections and 2 for expansion tray connection). q Single Controller configurations can support up to 6 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 3 direct connect hosts with path failover. q Single Controller configurations ship with 4 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). Dual Controller Configurations:
q q
Dual Controller configurations have 16 ports total (12 for host connections and 4 for expansion tray connection). Dual Controller configurations can support up to 12 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 6 direct connect hosts with path failover. Dual Controller configurations ship with 6 SFP's installed. See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested).
Expansion Unit Configurations: q Expansion units have 4 ports total (For connection to RAID array). q Expansion units ship with 2 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK). One 10BaseT/100BaseT ethernet port per hot-swappable battery module. q Ethernet port is RJ45 twisted-pair ethernet(TPE) q Located on the Battery Module One serial port per hot-swappable battery module q Serial port has a DB9 serial connector q Located on the Battery Module
Ethernet Port(s)
Serial Port(s).
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.5" (88.9mm) 17.6" (447.0mm) 18.0" (457.2mm) Main chassis 20.0" (508.0mm) Chassis with fan modules 21.0" (533.4mm) Chassis with fan modules and handles 50 lbs (22.68kg) Fully loaded with 12 drives
Electrical Specs
100 - 240 VAC AC Version -36VDC to -75 VDC DC Version 3.3A @ 100 VAC AC Version 1.65A @ 200 VAC AC Version TBD DC Version 330 Watts max. 1126 BTU/hr max.
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q
Supported Racks
q q q
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
Each 3511 Dual RAID Controller Configuration ships with: q Six shortwave SFP's (3 in the first RAID controller and 3 in the second RAID controller) q One 25ft serial cable q One 25ft CAT5 ethernet cable q One DB9 to DB25 adapter q Two -48 volt DC power cables (DC Arrays Only) q Two keys(To Lock Front Bezel) Each 3511 Single RAID Controller Configuration ships with: q Four shortwave SFP's q One 25ft serial cable q One 25ft CAT5 ethernet cable q One DB9 to DB25 adapter q Two -48 volt DC power cables (DC Arrays Only) q Two keys(To Lock Front Bezel) Each 3511 JBOD Configuration ships with: q Two shortwave SFP's. q Two 19-inch Fibre Channel Expansion Cables (RAID controller to JBOD Expansion). q Two -48 volt DC power cables (DC Arrays Only). q Two keys(To Lock Front Bezel).
Each XTA-3511-CTRL-1G RAID Controller Option ships with: q Two shortwave SFP's Note: q Two geo-specific power cords must be ordered for each array base or expansion unit. (North America/Asia, part number X311L) q Prior to January 24, 2006, every 3511 array also shipped with the Professional Storage Manager Software CD which includes Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software, Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software and Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software. q After January 24, 2006, this software will not automatically ship with every 3511 array but is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD. See product family notice for details.
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.58 2008/08/18 20:34:54 ditore Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Minnow FC
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Not Available
Features
Full 2Gb Fibre Channel Architecture 5 to 12 FC-AL Disk Drives Available as RAID or JBOD Arrays Single or Dual RAID Controllers NEBS Level 3 Certified Redundant Power and Cooling AC or DC Battery-backed Cache (RAID Arrays) 2RU Rackmount Form Factor Multi-platform Support
SSHandbook - Full Components List [ Non-RoHS ] Sun Intro [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ]
Software
Notes
Each StorEdge 3510 uses the following management software: q Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software q Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software q Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software Notes: q This software is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD. q Prior to January 24, 2006, the above software was automatically shipped (via software CD) with every 3510 array. See product family notice for details. Additional Supported Software: q Sun StorEdge Traffic Manager 3.1 q Sun StorEdge Automated Diagnostic Environment 2.2 (requires patch 114590-16)
Hardware
Notes
Sun StorEdge 3510 arrays can be ordered as either "RAID" or "JBOD" array trays. Sun StorEdge 3510 JBOD trays can be used as either "Expansion Units" to RAID arrays or as "Standalone JBOD Arrays". RAID Array trays can be configured with either a single or with dual hardware RAID controllers. q 3510 RAID array trays can contain between 5 to 12 fibre channel disk drives. q Up to (8) 3510 JBOD expansion units can be connected to a 3510 RAID array. r Up to (8) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units, or.... r Up to (4) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units and (4) 3511 SATA JBOD expansion units. JBOD Expansion Units have no hardware RAID controllers and connect to RAID Array trays. q 3510 JBOD expansion units can contain between 5 to 12 fibre channel
Array Overview
disk drives. r 3511 SATA JBOD expansion units can also be connected to a 3510 RAID array. Up to (8) 3510 JBOD expansion units can be connected to a 3510 RAID array. r Up to (8) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units, or.... r Up to (4) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units and (4) 3511 SATA JBOD expansion units.
Standalone JBOD Arrays have no hardware RAID controllers and connect directly to host servers. q 3510 standalone JBOD arrays can contain between 5 to 12 fibre channel disk drives. Note: See "RAID Array", "JBOD Expansion Unit", or "Standalone JBOD Array" sections below for more details. Each 3510 array can accommodate up to (12) hot-swappable Fibre Channel disk drives. q Supported disk drives include 73GB, 146GB, 300GB (10K RPM) or 36GB, 73GB, 300GB (15K RPM) drives. q 3510 arrays can be configured with five to twelve disk drives. q Five-drive 3510 configurations do not ship with drive carriers in the empty seven drive bays. q The drive carriers are included with the x-option drives. q Mixing drive sizes and rotational speeds within a 3510 is supported but the drives in each RAID group should be of the same capacity and speed. Drive Specifications: q 36GB drive: (15K RPM, FC-AL) q 73GB drive: (10K RPM, FC-AL) q 73GB drive: (15K RPM, FC-AL) q 146GB drive: (10K RPM, FC-AL) q 146GB drive: (15K RPM, FC-AL) q 300GB drive: (10K RPM, FC-AL) q 300GB drive: (15K RPM, FC-AL) 3510 FC Max Raw Storage Capacities (Single Array): q 36GB drive configurations: (432GB) q 73GB drive configurations: (876GB) q 146GB drive configurations: (1.75TB) q 300GB drive configurations: (3.6TB) 3510 FC Max Raw Storage Capacities (Max 3510 Config, 1 RAID Array + 8 JBOD Expansion Units):
Disk Drives
q q q q
36GB drive configurations: (3.9TB) 73GB drive configurations: (7.88TB) 146GB drive configurations: (15.76TB) 300GB drive configurations: (32.4TB)
Each RAID controller contains the following: q A RAID controller q A hot-swappable battery module RAID Array Notes: q Supported hardware RAID levels include 0, 1, 0+1, 1+0, 3, 5, 3+1, 5+1. q Each 3510 can contain one or two hot-swappable RAID controllers. q The second RAID controller is for redundancy and provides automatic failover with cache mirroring between the two controllers. q 1024 LUNs per controller or controller pair; 256 command tag quest (CTQ's) per controller or controller pair. q Each RAID controller has 1GB of battery-backed cache (supports up to 72hrs in the event of a power failure). q The 1GB memory on-board the RAID controller is fixed and not upgradeable. q All Fibre Channel ports require SFP modules, each controller array ships with some SFP's. q Single Controller configurations have 6 ports total (4 for host connections and 2 for expansion tray connection). r Single Controller configurations can support up to 4 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 2 direct connect hosts with path failover. r Single Controller configurations ship with 4 SFP's installed. r See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. r Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). q Dual Controller configurations have 12 ports total (8 for host connections and 4 for expansion tray connection). r Dual Controller configurations can support up to 8 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 4 direct connect hosts with path failover. r Dual Controller configurations ship with 6 SFP's installed. r See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. r Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4
RAID Array
Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). To add an additional FC RAID Controller w/ 1GB cache and Battery Back up unit, order part number XTA-3510-CTRL-1G (Includes 2 SFP's). Rackmount configurations can be converted to Tabletop configurations by using the Tabletop Conversion Kit (XTA-3310-DESK-KIT). An air management sled XTA-3000-AMBS is used to occupy an empty drive slot Up to eight expansion units can be daisy-chained off of a 3510 RAID array. r Up to (8) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units, or.... r Up to (4) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units and (4) 3511 SATA JBOD expansion units. It is not supported to daisy-chain 3510 FC RAID arrays.
The hot-swappable battery module contains: q One 10BaseT/100BaseT RJ45 ethernet port used for remote configuration, management, and monitoring. q One DB9 serial port used for local configuration, management, and monitoring. q Battery backup for cache, which has approximately 72 hours hold time. 3510 JBOD Expansion Units are used to add capacity to 3510 RAID Arrays: q Up to eight expansion units can be daisy-chained off of a 3510 RAID array. r Up to (8) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units, or.... r Up to (4) 3510 fibre channel JBOD expansion units and (4) 3511 SATA JBOD expansion units. q Expansion Units do not have any cache, it uses the cache on the daisychained RAID 3510 FC. q Expansion Units can be upgraded with the FC RAID Controller. Part number XTA-3510-CTRL-1G. q Expansion Units ship with 2 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK).
Standalone JBOD Array Notes: q Standalone JBOD Arrays currently only supported volume servers only.(i.e. V880 and below) q Standalone JBOD Arrays supported with Solaris 8 and 9 only. q Standalone JBOD Arrays are currently only supported directly connected to server. (The use of a hub or switch with Standalone JBOD Arrays is not supported) q No daisy-chain support for Standalone JBOD Arrays, single JBOD connected to single server. Standalone JBOD q Standalone JBOD Arrays supported with 2Gb HBAs only. q Standalone JBOD Arrays support the use of Veritas VxVM (3.5 or later), Array Sun Volume Manager, and Soltice Disk Suite. q Single loop only (no split/dual loop mode for mirrored disks on separate loops). q It is currently not supported to boot off of a Standalone JBOD Array. q No cluster support for Standalone JBOD Arrays, neither VCS nor Sun Cluster. q JBOD Arrays can be upgraded to RAID Arrays by adding the XTA-3510CTRL-1G RAID Controller(s). Amount of cache included with each 3510 FC RAID controller: q 1-GB ECC cache memory per controller, fixed non-upgradeable (JBOD arrays do not have cache). q Hot-swappable battery cache modules. q Battery backup for cache, approximately 72 hours hold time. q Write back and write through cache control (factory default is write back). q Hot-swap redundant RAID controllers with mirrored synchronized-write cache (optional configuration). The 3510 FC array can be ordered in either an AC or DC power configuration q Each 3510 FC contains two 420W hot-swappable power cooling units(PCU). q Each PCU contains one power supply and two fans. q Each power supply has a separate AC or DC input. q A fully loaded disk tray can operate with only one power supply. Note: An AC-powered array can be converted to DC-powered array by ordering qty (2) XTA-3000-2UDC-KIT conversion kits. A DC-powered array can be converted to an AC-powered array by ordering qty (2) XTA-3000-2UAC-KIT conversion kits.
Cache
Supported Connectivity
Notes
Supported Connectivity
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
External Ports
Notes
Single Controller Configurations: q Single Controller configurations have 6 ports total (4 for host connections and 2 for expansion tray connection). q Single Controller configurations can support up to 4 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 2 direct connect hosts with path failover. q Single Controller configurations ship with 4 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). Dual Controller Configurations: q Dual Controller configurations have 12 ports total (8 for host connections and 4 for expansion tray connection). q Dual Controller configurations can support up to 8 direct connect hosts simultaneously (non-path failover) or 4 direct connect hosts with path failover. q Dual Controller configurations ship with 6 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB) and Long Wave (XSFP-LW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW2GB-4PK or XSFP-LW-2GB-4PK) (Long Wave SFP's should only be quoted when specifically requested). Expansion Unit Configurations: q Expansion units have 4 ports total (For connection to RAID array). r See Standalone JBOD section notes above if being used a standalone JBOD array . q Expansion units ship with 2 SFP's installed. q See Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Installation, Operation, and Service Manual for default SFP placement and configuration details. q Additional SFP's can be ordered. Short Wave SFP (XSFP-SW-2GB). They also come in a 4 Pack (XSFP-SW-2GB-4PK).
Ethernet Port(s)
One 10BaseT/100BaseT ethernet port per hot-swappable battery module q Ethernet port is RJ45 twisted-pair ethernet(TPE) q Located on the Battery Module One serial port per hot-swappable battery module q Serial port has a DB9 serial connector q Located on the Battery Module
Serial Port(s)
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.5" (88.9mm) 17.6" (447.0mm) 18.0" (457.2mm) Main chassis 20.0" (508.0mm) Chassis with fan modules 21.0" (533.4mm) Chassis with fan modules and handles 50 lbs (22.68kg) (fully loaded with 12 drives)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's 100 - 240 VAC AC Version -36VDC to -75 VDC DC Version 3.3A @ 100 VAC AC Version 1.65A @ 200 VAC AC Version TBD DC Version 330 Watts max. 1126 BTU/hr max.
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
Each 3510 Dual RAID Controller Configuration ships with: q Six shortwave SFP's q One 25ft serial cable q One 25ft CAT5 ethernet cable q One DB9 to DB25 adapter q Two -48 volt DC power cables (DC Arrays Only) q Two keys(To Lock Front Bezel) Each 3510 Single RAID Controller Configuration ships with: q Four shortwave SFP's q One 25ft serial cable q One 25ft CAT5 ethernet cable q One DB9 to DB25 adapter q Two -48 volt DC power cables (DC Arrays Only) q Two keys(To Lock Front Bezel) Each 3510 JBOD Configuration ships with: q Two shortwave SFP's q Two 19.7" (500mm) fibre channel cables (to connect JBOD Array to RAID Array) q Two -48 volt DC power cables (DC Arrays Only) q Two keys(To Lock Front Bezel) Each XTA-3510-CTRL-1G RAID Controller Option ships with: q Two shortwave SFP's Notes: q Two geo-specific power cords must be ordered for each array base or expansion unit. North America/Asia, part number X311L. q Prior to January 24, 2006, every 3510 array also shipped with the Professional Storage Manager Software CD which includes Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software, Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software and Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software. q After January 24, 2006, this software will not automatically ship with every 3510 array but is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD. See product family notice for details.
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.91 2010/01/19 23:21:05 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Orion
Features
NEBS Level 3 Compliant and RoHS Compliant Up to 12 Disk Drives Optional Redundant Hardware RAID Controllers Multi-platform Support AC or DC Configurations Redundant Power and Cooling Battery-backed Cache 2RU Rackmount Form Factor
Software | Hardware | Supported Connectivity | External Ports | Physical Specs | Electrical Specs | Rack Info | Ships With
Software
Notes
The StorEdge 3320 uses the following management software: q Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software q Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software q Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software Notes: q This software is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD.
Hardware
Notes
The 3320 SCSI array consists of a single disk tray with 2 to 12 disk drives (RAID Arrays) or 1 to 12 disk drives (JBOD Arrays), and can be ordered as follows: q As a RAID array with single or dual hardware RAID controllers. q As a JBOD array with no hardware RAID controllers, to be used as expansion units to RAID arrays or as a standalone array. Note: See "RAID Array" or "JBOD Expansion Array" sections below for more details. Each 3320 array can accommodate up to (12) hot-swappable disk drives. q Supported drives include 73GB, 146GB, 300GB (10K RPM) and 73GB, 146GB, 300GB (15K RPM) drives. q 3320 array trays are available in two to twelve drive configurations for RAID arrays and in one to twelve drives for JBOD arrays. q Configurations with less than 12 drives do not ship with drive carriers in the empty drive bays. q The drive carriers are included with the x-option drive. q Different drive sizes can be mixed in the 3320 array, however different "RPM" speeds cannot be mixed on the same SCSI bus.
Array Enclosure
Drive Specifications: q 73GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI q 73GB drive: 15K RPM, LVD SCSI q 146GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI q 146GB drive: 15K RPM, LVD SCSI q 300GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI q 300GB drive: 15K RPM, LVD SCSI 3320 SCSI Max Raw Storage Capacities (1 Tray)
q q q
73GB drive configurations: 876GB 146GB drive configurations: 1.7TB 300GB drive configurations: 3.6TB
RAID Array
RAID array notes: q Each 3320 RAID array (without expansion trays) can support a maximum of three direct attached hosts, regardless of qty (1) or (2) RAID controllers installed. q Up to two JBOD expansion arrays can be connected to a RAID array. See JBOD expansion array section below for bus/host/array configuration details. q A 3310 JBOD Array can be attached to a 3320 RAID array. A 3320 JBOD can be attached to a 3310 RAID controller. When 3320 and 3310 trays are mixed, the combination runs at U160 SCSI speed. q Each RAID controller has 512 MB of battery-backed cache. q The RAID array can be configured with 2 to 12 disk drives. The JBOD arrays can be configured with 1 to 12 disk drives. q The RAID controllers can be configured as dual redundant active-toactive failover mode wherein they are hot-swap/redundant with mirrored synchronized-write cache. They can also be configured for dual redundant active-passive mode. q In dual controller configurations, the maximum number of host I/O ports is still two. q Each RAID controller or RAID controller pair supports RAID 0, 1, 10 (1+0), 3, 5, 3+0, and 5+0. Multiple RAID levels can be simultaneously supported. q Each RAID controller or RAID controller pair supports up to 128 LUNs and up to 256 command tag queues (CTQs). q Each RAID controller has one 10/100 BASE-T Ethernet port for remote configuration, management, and monitoring and one DB9 serial port for local configuration, management, and monitoring. q All Sun StorEdge 3320 SCSI array configurations (RAID controller equipped) ship pre-configured with RAID level 0, and a global standby hot-spare drive. q Rackmount configurations can be converted to Tabletop configurations by using the Tabletop Conversion Kit XTA-3310-DESK-KIT or XTA-30002U-R2T. q Order part number XTA-3320-CTRL-512M if you want to expand from one to two controllers. You cannot upgrade a JBOD array to a RAID array. Use this part only as a x-option for an existing RAID array. Four controller configuration options: q Single controller/single concatenated midplane q Single controller/split midplane q Dual controller/dual split midplane q Dual controller/single concatenated midplane
JBOD Expansion Array Notes: q The JBOD Expansion Array can be used as standalone storage or as an expansion to the RAID controller equipped array. q The JBOD arrays can be configured with 1 to 12 disk drives. The RAID array can be configured with 2 to 12 disk drives. q The Sun StorEdge 3320 JBOD expansion units cannot be upgraded to single or dual controllers because it uses a different midplane design than the RAID controller equipped array. q An external SCSI termination (XTA-3320-SC-TERM) is only needed in the JBOD/dual-host/split SCSI bus configuration. All other configurations do not need external SCSI termination. q Expansion units can only be daisy-chained off RAID controller equipped arrays. A JBOD unit cannot be daisy-chained to another JBOD unit. q A 3310 JBOD Array can be attached to a 3320 RAID array. How many host or JBOD connections are supported for a single or split bus configuration? q Four configurations are supported in either single or split bus configurations. All configurations support one or two RAID controllers. r Split Bus - 2 JBOD - 1 Host - 36 drives total r Single Bus - 2 JBOD - 1 Host - 36 drives total r Split Bus - 1 JBOD - 2 Hosts - 24 drives total r Single Bus - 1 JBOD - 2 Hosts - 24 drives total Each RAID controller includes a battery-backed cache. q Independent battery-back module for each controller, capable of supporting 512-MB ECC cache. q Battery backed for ~72 hours. The EMU's function is: q The event monitor unit monitors enclosure environmental information such as sensing various temperature sensors, obtaining voltage output status from each power supply. Auto detection of major components installed such as disk drives, fan/power supplies, and RAID controllers are also monitored by the EMU.
Cache
Additional features of the EMU include: q Controls front and rear panel display LEDs and the buzzer (audible) alarm. q Enclosures support dual fail-over EMU modules for fully redundant event monitoring safety. q Monitors environmental conditions, including temperature, power supply status, and fan speeds. q Monitors all internal +12v and +5v voltages for each power supply.
Each disk tray contains two hot-swappable Power Supply Units(PSU). q Each 3320 contains two 420W hot-swappable power cooling units(PCU). q Each PCU contains one power supply and two fans. q Each power supply has a separate AC or DC input. q A fully loaded disk tray can operate with only one power supply. Note: An AC-powered array can be converted to DC-powered array by ordering qty (2) XTA-3000-2UDC-KIT conversion kits.
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
See Sun StorEdge 3320 WWWW Matrix for a list of supported systems, connections and operating systems.
External Ports
Notes
The host interface of the Sun StorEdge 3320 SCSI array is Ultra320 SCSI LVD and can support a maximum of two direct attached hosts. q The SCSI connections are located on Upper and Lower I/O Boards (they are on a Single Module/FRU) of the RAID Array. q The SCSI ports have 68-pin VHDCI connectors. q The upper I/O has two independent output ports with auto termination for each SCSI bus. The lower I/O has two independent input ports for each SCSI bus. The two boards are contained in a single, hot serviceable module. q The upper I/O card has three SCSI port connections (Ch 0, Ch 3, and single bus). Auto SCSI termination is available on Ch 0 and single bus connector ports. q The lower I/O card has three SCSI port connections (Ch 1, Ch 2, and dual bus). JBOD Array SCSI Ports q There are four SCSI connections on the JBOD expansion arrays. r SCSI A -In/Out r SCSI B - In/Out q The SCSI ports have 68-pin VHDCI connectors. One 10BaseT/100BaseT ethernet port per RAID controller. q Ethernet port is RJ45 twisted-pair ethernet(TPE) q Located on the RAID controller module.
SCSI Ports
Ethernet Port
Serial Port
One serial port per RAID controller. q The serial port on the 3320 SCSI array is DB9. q Located on the RAID controller module.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight Desktop: 3.64" (92.5mm) Rackmount: 3.45" (87.6mm) Desktop: 19" (482.6mm) Rackmount: 17.56" (446.0mm) (body) 18.0" (457.2mm) Main chassis 20.0" (508.0mm) Chassis with fan modules 21.0" (533.4mm) Chassis with fan modules and handles 53.25 lbs (24.15kg) maximum weight fully loaded with 12 drives.
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's AC: 100 to 240 VAC DC: -36 to -75 VDC 10A@ 100 VAC 5A@ 240 VAC 840 Watts max., two fully redundant 420 Watt power supplies with loadsharing and load-balancing capabilities 785 BTU/hr max.
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
Single and Dual RAID Controller Base Configurations: q QTY 1 SCSI jumper cable, 1-foot (30cm), VHD-VHD (for bus setting) q QTY 1 or 2 20-foot (6.1m), CAT5 Ethernet cable per controller in each array q QTY 1 25-foot serial null modem cable q QTY 1 Cable adapter, DB9-to-DB25 q QTY 2 -48 Volt DC power cables if you ordered a DC-powered array q QTY 2 AC cord locks in a plastic bag if you ordered an AC-powered array q QTY 2 Front-bezel keys in a plastic bag, to secure the front bezel onto the chassis Ship Kit Includes JBOD Expansion Unit Base Configurations: q QTY 1 SCSI jumper cable, 1-foot (30cm), VHD-VHD (for bus setting) q QTY 1 SCSI jumper cable, 1.5-foot (45cm), VHD-VHD (RAID to JBOD Storage Expansion Cable) q QTY 2 -48 Volt DC power cables if you ordered a DC-powered array q QTY 2 AC cord locks in a plastic bag if you ordered an AC-powered array q QTY 2 Front-bezel keys in a plastic bag, to secure the front bezel onto the chassis Note: For all configurations, AC power cord country kits are ordered separately. DC power configurations include two -48 volt DC power cords. Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.34 2009/05/20 23:18:15 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Minnow SCSI
Features
NEBS Level 3 Certified Up to 12 Disk Drives Optional Redundant Hardware RAID Controllers Multi-platform Support AC or DC Configurations Redundant Power and Cooling Battery-backed Cache 2RU Rackmount Form Factor
Software
Notes
Each 3310 SCSI Includes the Professional Storage Manager Software CD which includes: q Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Configuration Service 1.2 software q Sun StorEdge 3000 Family Diagnostic Reporter 1.2 software q SCCLI Utility Note: Terminal Menu Window is not included in CD, this function resides in the RAID controller firmware.
Hardware
Notes
The 3310 SCSI array consists of a single disk tray with 5 to 12 disk drives, and can be ordered as follows: q As a RAID array with single or dual hardware RAID controllers. q As a JBOD array with no hardware RAID controllers, to be used as expansion units to RAID arrays. Note: See "RAID Array" or "JBOD Expansion Array" sections below for more details. Each 3310 array can accommodate up to (12) hot-swappable disk drives. q Supported drives include 36GB, 73GB, 146GB, 300GB (10K RPM) and 36GB, 73GB (15K RPM) drives. q 3310 array trays are available in five to twelve drive configurations. q Five-drive 3310 configurations do not ship with drive carriers in the empty seven drive bays. q The drive carriers are included with the x-option drive. q Different drive sizes can be mixed in the 3310 array, however different "RPM" speeds cannot be mixed on the same SCSI bus. Drive Specifications: q 36GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI q 36GB drive: 15K RPM, LVD SCSI q 73GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI q 73GB drive: 15K RPM, LVD SCSI q 146GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI q 300GB drive: 10K RPM, LVD SCSI 3310 SCSI Max Raw Storage Capacities (1 Tray) q 36GB drive configurations: 436GB q 73GB drive configurations: 876GB q 146GB drive configurations: 1.7TB q 300GB drive configurations: 3.6TB
Array Enclosure
RAID Array
RAID array notes: q Each 3310 SCSI can support a maximum of two direct attached hosts, regardless if there is one or two RAID controllers installed. q Up to two JBOD expansion arrays can be connected to a RAID array, see JBOD expansion array section below for bus/host/array configuration details. q Each RAID controller has 512 MB of battery-backed cache. q The RAID controllers can be configured as dual redundant active-toactive failover mode wherein they are hot-swap/redundant with mirrored synchronized-write cache. They can also be configured for dual redundant active-passive mode. q In dual controller configurations, the maximum number of host I/O ports is still two. q Each RAID controller or RAID controller pair supports RAID 0, 1, 0+1, 3, 5, 3+0, and 5+0. Multiple RAID levels can be simultaneously supported. q Each RAID controller or RAID controller pair supports up to 128 LUNs and up to 256 command tag queues (CTQs). q Each RAID controller has one 10/100 BASE-T Ethernet port for remote configuration, management, and monitoring and one DB9 serial port for local configuration, management, and monitoring. q All Sun StorEdge 3310 SCSI array configurations (RAID controller equipped) ship pre-configured with RAID level 0, and a global standby hot-spare drive. q Rackmount configurations can be converted to Tabletop configurations by using the Tabletop Conversion Kit XTA-3310-DESK-KIT. q Order part number XTA-3310-CTRL-512M if you want to expand from one to two controllers. You cannot upgrade a JBOD array to a RAID array. Use this part only as a x-option for an existing RAID array. Four controller configuration options: q Single controller/single concatenated midplane q Single controller/split midplane q Dual controller/dual split midplane q Dual controller/single concatenated midplane
JBOD Expansion Array Notes: q The JBOD Expansion Array can be used as standalone storage or as an expansion to the RAID controller equipped array. q The Sun StorEdge 3310 JBOD expansion units cannot be upgraded to single or dual controllers because it uses a different midplane design than the RAID controller equipped array. q An external SCSI termination (XTA-3310-SC-TERM) is only needed in the JBOD/dual-host/split SCSI bus configuration. All other configurations do not need external SCSI termination. q Expansion units can only be daisy-chained off RAID controller equipped arrays. A JBOD unit cannot be daisy-chained to another JBOD unit. How many host or JBOD connections are supported for a single or split bus configuration? q Four configurations are supported in either single or split bus configurations. All configurations support one or two RAID controllers. r Split Bus - 2 JBOD - 1 Host - 36 drives total r Single Bus - 2 JBOD - 1 Host - 36 drives total r Split Bus - 1 JBOD - 2 Hosts - 24 drives total r Single Bus - 1 JBOD - 2 Hosts - 24 drives total Each RAID controller includes a battery-backed cache. q Independent battery-back module for each controller, capable of supporting 512-MB ECC cache. q Battery backed for ~72 hours. The EMU's function is: q The event monitor unit monitors enclosure environmental information such as sensing various temperature sensors, obtaining voltage output status from each power supply. Auto detection of major components installed such as disk drives, fan/power supplies, and RAID controllers are also monitored by the EMU.
Cache
Additional features of the EMU include: q Controls front and rear panel display LEDs and the buzzer (audible) alarm. q Enclosures support dual fail-over EMU modules for fully redundant event monitoring safety. q Monitors environmental conditions, including temperature, power supply status, and fan speeds. q Monitors all internal +12v and +5v voltages for each power supply.
Each disk tray contains two hot-swappable Power Supply Units(PSU). q Each 3310 contains two 420W hot-swappable power cooling units(PCU). q Each PCU contains one power supply and two fans. q Each power supply has a separate AC or DC input. q A fully loaded disk tray can operate with only one power supply. Note: An AC-powered array can be converted to DC-powered array by ordering qty (2) XTA-3000-2UDC-KIT conversion kits.
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
See Sun StorEdge 3310 WWWW Matrix for a list of supported systems, connections and operating systems.
External Ports
Notes
The host interface of the Sun StorEdge 3310 SCSI array is Ultra160 SCSI LVD and can support a maximum of two direct attached hosts. q The SCSI connections are located on Upper and Lower I/O Boards (they are on a Single Module/FRU) of the RAID Array. q The SCSI ports have 68-pin VHDCI connectors. q The upper I/O has two independent output ports with auto termination for each SCSI bus. The lower I/O has two independent input ports for each SCSI bus. The two boards are contained in a single, hot serviceable module. q The upper I/O card has three SCSI port connections (Ch 0, Ch 3, and single bus). Auto SCSI termination is available on Ch 0 and single bus connector ports. q The lower I/O card has three SCSI port connections (Ch 1, Ch 2, and dual bus). JBOD Array SCSI Ports q There are four SCSI connections on the JBOD exapansion arrays. r SCSI A -In/Out r SCSI B - In/Out q The SCSI ports have 68-pin VHDCI connectors. One 10BaseT/100BaseT ethernet port per RAID controller. q Ethernet port is RJ45 twisted-pair ethernet(TPE) q Located on the RAID controller module.
SCSI Ports
Ethernet Port
Serial Port
One serial port per RAID controller. q The serial port on the 3310 SCSI array is DB9. q Located on the RAID controller module.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight Desktop: 3.64" (92.5mm) Rackmount: 3.45" (87.6mm) Desktop: 19" (482.6mm) Rackmount: 17.56" (446.0mm) (body) 18.0" (457.2mm) Main chassis 20.0" (508.0mm) Chassis with fan modules 21.0" (533.4mm) Chassis with fan modules and handles 53.25 lbs (24.15kg) maximum weight fully loaded with 12 drives.
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's AC: 100 to 240 VAC DC: -36 to -75 VDC 10A@ 100 VAC 5A@ 240 VAC 840 Watts max., two fully redundant 420 Watt power supplies with loadsharing and load-balancing capabilities 785 BTU/hr max.
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU
q q
Supported Racks
q q q
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-36N Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
Single and Dual RAID Controller Base Configurations: q QTY 1 CD containing Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Management and Diagnostic Reporter Software, installation and configuration documents. q QTY 1 SCSI jumper cable, 1-foot (30cm), VHD-VHD (for bus setting) q QTY 1 or 2 25-foot (7.5m), CAT5 Ethernet cable per controller in each array q QTY 1 25-foot serial null modem cable q QTY 1 Cable adapter, DB9-to-DB25 q QTY 2 -48 Volt DC power cables if you ordered a DC-powered array q QTY 2 AC cord locks in a plastic bag if you ordered an AC-powered array q QTY 2 Front-bezel keys in a plastic bag, to secure the front bezel onto the chassis Ship Kit Includes JBOD Expansion Unit Base Configurations: q QTY 1 CD containing Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Management and Diagnostic Reporter Software, installation and configuration documents. q QTY 1 SCSI jumper cable, 1-foot (30cm), VHD-VHD (for bus setting) q QTY 1 SCSI jumper cable, 1.5-foot (45cm), VHD-VHD (RAID to JBOD Storage Expansion Cable) q QTY 2 -48 Volt DC power cables if you ordered a DC-powered array q QTY 2 AC cord locks in a plastic bag if you ordered an AC-powered array q QTY 2 Front-bezel keys in a plastic bag, to secure the front bezel onto the chassis Note: For all configurations, AC power cord country kits are ordered separately. DC power configurations include two -48 volt DC power cords. Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.72 2009/05/20 23:16:13 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Minnow 1U
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Not Available
Features
Up to 4 Hot-Swappable SCSI (LVD) Disk Drives 320MB/sec LVD SCSI Bus Transfer Rate Available in AC or DC Power Versions NEBS Level 3 Certified JBOD Array Single or Split-Bus Capability 1RU Rackmountable Form Factor
SSHandbook - Full Components List [ Non-RoHS Sun Intro ] [ RoHS ] SSHandbook - Exploded View [ Non-RoHS ] [ RoHS ]
SSHandbook - Full StorEdge 3120 Documentation Components List [Non-RoHS] (docs.sun.com) [RoHS]
Software
Notes
Each StorEdge 3120 uses the following management software: q Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software q Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software q Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software Notes: q This software is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD. q Prior to January 24, 2006, the above software was automatically shipped (via software CD) with every 3120 array. See product family notice for details. Additional Supported Software Includes: q Solstice DiskSuite (Solaris 8) q Solaris Volume Manager (Solaris 9) q Veritas Volume Manager q Sun StorEdge Performance Suite q Sun StorEdge Utilization Suite
Hardware
Notes
The 3120 consists of a 1RU single JBOD disk tray. q Each 3120 array can contain up to 4 LVD (320MB/sec) SCSI disk drives. q The 3120 array can be configured in either single-bus or split-bus. q In single-bus configuration a single host would have access to all four disk drives. q In split-bus configuration two hosts can be connected and each host would have access to only two of the disk drives. q Daisy chaining 3120 arrays is not supported.
Array Enclosure
The 3120 array can contain up to 4 LVD (320MB/sec) SCSI disk drives. q Supported disk drives include 73GB, 146GB, 300GB (10K RPM) and 36GB, 73GB, 300GB (15K RPM) drives. q Disk drives are hot-swappable. Drive Specifications q 36GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 15K RPM q 73GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 10K RPM q 73GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 15K RPM q 146GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 10K RPM q 146GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 15K RPM q 300GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 10K RPM q 300GB drive, Ultra320 SCSI, 15K RPM Disk Drives Max Raw Storage Capacities (4 drives) q 36GB drive configurations: 144GB q 73GB drive configurations: 292GB q 146GB drive configurations: 584GB q 300GB drive configurations: 1.2TB Notes: q An air management sled (XTA-3000-AMBS) is used to occupy an empty drive slot q Drive slides are included with the x-option disk drive options. q Mixing disk drive sizes is supported. q Mixing disk drive speeds is not supported within a Logical Disk set as the response time for the slower disk would become the response time for the Logical Disk set. Each 3120 array has redundant AC or DC power supplies and fans. q Each of the two power supplies in the 3120 has it's own AC or DC input. q A fully configured 3120 array can operate with a single power supply. q Fans are incorporated into the power supply assemblies and are not separate FRU's. q The power supply/fan assemblies are hot-swappable.
Supported Connectivity
Notes
q q q q
Operating Systems
q q q q
Solaris 8 (SPARC) Solaris 9 (SPARC) Solaris 9 (4/04) x86 or later Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1 and 3.0 IBM AIX 5.1 HP-UX 11i Novell Netware 5.1 and 6.5
Connected to SG-XPCIE2SCSIU320Z PCI-E Dual-channel, Ultra320 LVD SCSI HBA (320MB/sec) q Sun Ultra 20 M2 q Sun Enterprise SPARC M4000, M5000, T1000 q Sun Fire T1000 Connected to SG-XPCI2SCSI-LM320 PCI Dual-channel, Ultra320 LVD SCSI HBA (320MB/sec) q Sun Ultra 60, 80 q Sun Blade 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 q Sun Java Workstation W1100z, W2100z q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V20z, V40z, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890, V1280 q Sun Fire 4800, 6800, 12K, 15K q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K q Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, t 100/105, 1400/1405 Connected to SG-XPCI1SCSI-LM320 PCI Single-channel, Ultra320 LVD SCSI HBA (320MB/sec) q Sun Java Workstation W1100z, W2100z q Sun Fire X4100, X4200, V20z, V40z, T2000 Connected to X6758A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra3 LVD SCSI HBA (160MB/sec) q Sun Ultra 60, 80 q Sun Blade 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890 q Sun Fire V1280, 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K q Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405 Connected to X4422A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra2 LVD SCSI HBA (80MB/sec) / Dual-ethernet 10/100/1000
Sun
q q q q
q q q
Sun Ultra 60, 80 Sun Blade 100, 150, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890 Sun Fire V1280, 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405
Connected to X2222A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra2 LVD SCSI HBA (80MB/sec) / Dual-ethernet 10/100 q Sun Ultra 60, 80 q Sun Blade 100, 150, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890 q Sun Fire V1280, 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K q Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405 Connected to X9265A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra 320 PCI-X Card q Sun Fire V20z, V40z, V60x, V65x Connected to X1018A SBus Single-channel, Fast/Wide SCSI HBA / Fast Ethernet 10/100 q Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500, 6500, 10000 Connected to Onboard Server SCSI Port: q Sun Ultra 60, 80 q Sun Blade 1000, 2000, 2500 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500, 6500 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440 q Sun Fire V1280 q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900 q Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405
q
q q q q
Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 - Sun X9265A Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1 and 3.0 - Sun X9265A IBM AIX 5.1 - IBM SYM53C1010 HP-UX 11i - HP A6829A Novell Netware 5.1 or 6.5 - Adaptec 39160
For use with SG-XPCIE2SCSIU320Z, XPCI2SCSI-LM320, X6758A, X4422A, X2222A, X9265A HBA's q X1136A (.8m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X1137A (1.2m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X1138A (2m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830B (4m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3831B (10m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) For use with X1018A HBA q X1135A(1.2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3832A(2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830A(4m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) For use with Sun Blade 2500, Sun Fire V210, V240, V250, Netra 240 Onboard SCSI Ports (LVD) q X1136A (.8m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X1137A (1.2m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X1138A (2m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830B (4m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3831B (10m VHDCI-VHDCI SCSI cable) For use with Sun Fire V120, V440, V1280, E2900, Netra 120, 440, 1280 Onboard SCSI Ports (LVD) q X1135A(1.2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3832A(2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830A(4m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3831A(10m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) For use with Ultra 60, 80, Sun Blade 1000, 2000, Sun Fire 280R, Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450, Netra 20, 1400/1405, 1120/1125 Onboard SCSI Ports (single-ended SCSI) q X1135A(1.2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3832A(2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830A(4m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) For use with Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500, 6500 I/O Board Onboard SCSI Ports (single-ended SCSI) q X1135A(1.2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3832A(2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830A(4m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) Daisy Chain Support
External Ports
Notes
The 3120 has four external VHDCI SCSI ports. q Two of the four ports are used to configure the 3120 in single-bus or splitbus mode. q The other two ports are used for host connections, up to two hosts can be connected to the 3120 array
SCSI
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 1.75" (44.5mm) 17.5 " (444.5mm) 20" (508mm) 30 lbs (13.6kg)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's 100 to 240 VAC AC Version -48 to -60 VDC DC Version .4A @ 200VAC AC Version N/A DC Version 75W AC Version N/A DC Version 256 BTU/hr AC Version N/A DC Version
Rack Info
Rack Units 1RU
q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
q q
One 1ft VHDCI - VHDCI SCSI cable (for bus configuration) Two DC cables (DC version only)
Notes: q Prior to January 24, 2006, every 3120 array also shipped with the Professional Storage Manager Software CD which includes Sun StorEdge Configuration Service Software, Sun StorEdge Diagnostic Reporter Software and Sun StorEdge Command-Line Interface Utility Software. q After January 24, 2006, this software will not automatically ship with every 3120 array but is available as a free download from Sun.com or via an orderable no charge software CD. See product family notice for details.
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.62 2009/09/22 05:59:16 gvargise Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Hickory FC (or maybe Mary Jane) Oracle BOM Code: 2540FAMILY
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Not Available
Features
4Gb Fibre Channel Host Interface Ports Up to 28.8TB of Raw SAS Storage SAS and SATA Disk Drives Up to 96TB of Raw SATA Storage
Single or Dual Hardware RAID 1GB or 512MB Cache per Controllers RAID Controller Supports RAID Levels 0, 1, 1+0, 3, 5, 6 AC or DC Power NEBS Level 3 Certified Data Services Software Available Redundant Power and Cooling 2RU Rackmount Form Factor (per tray)
Documentation
System
Notes
The Sun StorageTek 2540 is a "Hardware RAID" storage solution with "Fibre Channel to Host Connectivity" and uses "SAS or SATA Disk Drives". A Sun StorageTek 2540 configuration can scale from (5) up to (48) SAS or SATA disk drives. q The ST2540 controller tray contains (5) up to (12) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a ST2540 configuration, (1) to (3) ST2501 drive expansion trays can be connected.
q
System Information
04/03/07 - The Sun StorageTek 2540 (AC power version) was originally announced. Only 512MB cache RAID controllers were available. A max of two ST2501 expansion trays were supported in a config (36 drives max in config) at this time. See intro for details. 08/07/07 - The Sun StorageTek 2540 (DC power version) was originally announced. Only 512MB cache RAID controllers were available. A max of two ST2501 expansion trays were supported in a config (36 drives max in config) at this time. See intro for details. 04/01/08 - Announcing that a max of three ST2501 expansion trays are now supported in a config (48 drives max in config). Latest firmware and CAM version required at this time for this support. See intro for details. 12/09/08 - The 1GB cache RAID controller is announced (customers now have the choice of either 512MB or 1GB cache RAID controllers) . See intro for details. 08/18/09 - New premium features software licensing (i.e. Domain, Snapshot, and Volume Copy) is announced for array/feature consolidation. See intro and quick facts document for details. The LOD for the old software licenses is 12/04/09. 10/19/10 - Transitioning all PTO standard configuration part numbers for Sun StorageTek 2540 and 2501 arrays. The LOD for the PTO standard configurations is 12/01/10. The ATO factory installed part numbers remain available for product quoting. The Sun ST2500 family arrays are only available in W5C Configurator when using the Sun legacy price list. See (FY11 Systems Update#10, ID#11293) for all ST2500 part numbers
that were EOLd. 11/16/10 - Transitioning all parts and options for Sun StorageTek 2540 and 2501 arrays. The LOD is 12/31/10. See (FY11 Systems Update#12, ID#11294) for all ST2500 part numbers that were EOLd.
System Installation
Installation charges for new orders. q EIS-2540ARRAY-E - Installation of SunStorageTek 2540 Array during local business. Additional expansion tray must use EIS-2501TRAY-E (1 per tray) q EIS-2540ARRAY-E-AH - Installation of SunStorageTek 2540 Array during local business. Additional expansion tray must use EIS2501TRAY-E-AH (1 per tray) q EIS-2501TRAY-E - Installation of SunStorageTek 2501 Expansion tray into a new or existing SunStorageTek 2530 or 2540 array during local business. 1 part number per tray. q EIS-2501TRAY-E-AH - Installation of SunStorageTek 2501 Expansion tray into a new or existing SunStorageTek 2530 or 2540 array during local business. 1 part number per tray.
Software
Notes
The ST2540 array uses "Common Array Manager (CAM)" management software, and the available data services for the ST2540 include "Sun StorageTek Storage Domains", "Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot" and "Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy". Common Array Manager (CAM): q CAM software is a no-charge product and is included with every ST2540 array. q CAM is a browser-based, application-oriented management console from which all of the array's functionality is accessed. q With features like Storage Profiles and a built-in performance utility, this software simplifies administration and enables comprehensive management of multiple arrays (e.g., 2500s, 6000s, J4000s). Sun StorageTek Storage Domains (Included / Optional): q Sun StorageTek Storage Domains segment storage capacity by host and applications and enables storage consolidation in multi-platform environments. q Available via 2, 4, or 16 domain licenses. q Each ST2540 includes a "2 domain" RTU license. q Optional 4 and 16 domain RTU licenses are available. q The product group states that 4 domains is the recommended base quantity. q As part of the new license ordering process the ST2540 uses "Tier 0" licenses.
The previous license ordering process was not Tier based and allowed customers to order up to 32 domains. If a customer needs to order 32 domain licenses you should contact the product group as they may be able to provide a solution.
Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot enables customers to create spaceefficient, point-in-time images of their critical volumes, which can be used to eliminate the backup window and rapidly recover data. q Up to 8 Copy-On-Write snaps per volume. (Up to 128 per array). q Licensed on a per array bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Snapshot RTU license also includes license for Data Volume Copy. q The ST2540 uses "Tier 0" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy enables customers to create a complete physical copy, or a clone, of a volume within a storage system. The clone volume is a unique entity that can be assigned to any host and used by applications requiring a point-in-time (PiT) copy of production data. q Licensed on a per array bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Volume Copy RTU license also includes license for Data Snapshot. q Supports up to 255 total volume copies. q The ST2540 uses "Tier 0" licenses.
Hardware
Notes
A Sun StorageTek 2540 controller tray houses the hardware RAID controller(s), disk drives, and power-fan assemblies. q A ST2540 controller tray is available with (1) or (2) hardware RAID controllers. r Each RAID controller has 512MB or 1GB of battery-backed cache. r Supports RAID Levels: 0, 1, 1+0, 3, 5 and 6. r Each RAID controller has (2) FC ports for host connectivity (shortwave SFP's included). r Each RAID controller has (1) SAS port for ST2501 expansion tray connectivity. q From (5) up to (12) disk drives are supported in a ST2540 controller tray. r To add more storage capacity to a ST2540 configuration, (1) to (3) ST2501 drive expansion trays can be connected. r See "Disk Drives" section below for a list of supported drives.
A ST2540 controller tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. r A fully loaded ST2540 controller tray can operate with (1) powerfan assembly. r See "Power and Cooling" section below for additional power supply and fan details.
ST2540 Controller Tray Notes: q Existing ST2540 trays with a single RAID controller can be upgraded to dual RAID controller trays. r Order (1) XTA-2540-CTRL-512M controller to upgrade trays with a single 512MB RAID controller. r Order (1) XTA-2540-CTRL-1GB controller to upgrade trays with a single 1GB RAID controller. r When adding a 2nd RAID controller to an existing ST2540 controller tray, a 2nd IOM (XTA-2501-IOM) will also be needed for each ST2501 expansion tray in the config that currently has only a single IOM. q Existing ST2540 trays with 512MB RAID controller(s) can be upgraded to 1GB RAID controller trays. r Order (1) XTA-2500-1GBMEM cache DIMM to upgrade trays with a single 512MB RAID controller. r Order (2) XTA-2500-1GBMEM cache DIMMs to upgrade trays with dual 512MB RAID controllers. r One DIMM is needed per RAID controller. r It is required that both RAID controllers have the same cache size. r These upgrades may require array firmware and CAM software upgrades as well, see ST2500 docs for any dependencies. The Sun StorageTek 2501 drive expansion trays are used to add storage capacity to ST2540 controller trays. Up to (3) ST2501 trays can be added to a ST2540 controller tray. A ST2501 drive expansion tray houses disk drives, I/O modules (IOMs) and power-fan assemblies. q A ST2501 drive expansion tray is available with (1) or (2) I/O modules (IOM's). r The IOM's in the ST2501 trays are to connect to the ST2540 controller tray or another upstream ST2501 expansion tray. r Each IOM has (2) SAS ports for connectivity ST2540 (or upstream ST2501 tray). r ST2501 trays with (1) IOM are used to connect to ST2540 trays which have (1) hardware RAID controllers. r ST2501 trays with (2) IOM's are used to connect to ST2540 trays which have (2) hardware RAID controllers. ST2501 Expansion r The SAS interconnect cables needed to connect ST2501 trays are Tray included with the ST2501 trays. s Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable.
Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables. From (5) up to (12) disk drives are supported in a ST2501 disk expansion tray. r See "Disk Drives" section below for a list of supported drives. A ST2501 disk expansion tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. r A fully loaded ST2501 tray can operate with (1) power-fan assembly. r See "Power and Cooling" section below for additional power supply and fan details.
s
Each ST2540 Controller Tray and ST2501 Disk Expansion Tray contain between 5 (min) and 12 (max) SAS or SATA disk drives. q Mixing SAS and SATA drives is supported. Drive Specifications q 73GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 146GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 400GB drive: (SAS 10K RPM) q 450GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 600GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 500GB drive: (SATA 7.2K RPM) q 750GB drive: (SATA 7.2K RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA-II 7.2K RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA-II 7.2K RPM) Max ST2540 Controller Tray Raw Storage Capacities (per Tray) q 73GB drive configurations (12 x 73GB) = 876GB q 146GB drive configurations (12 x 146GB) = 1.7TB q 300GB drive configurations (12 x 300GB) = 3.6TB q 400GB drive configurations (12 x 400GB) = 4.8TB q 450GB drive configurations (12 x 450GB) = 5.4TB q 500GB drive configurations (12 x 500GB) = 6.0TB q 600GB drive configurations (12 x 600GB) = 7.2TB q 750GB drive configurations (12 x 750GB) = 9.0TB q 1TB drive configurations (12 x 1TB) = 12TB q 2TB drive configurations (12 x 2TB) = 24TB Max ST2540 Configuration Raw Storage Capacities (1 ST2540 tray + 3 ST2501 trays) q 73GB drive configurations (48 x 73GB) = 3.5TB q 146GB drive configurations (48 x 146GB) = 7.0TB q 300GB drive configurations (48 x 300GB) = 14.4TB q 400GB drive configurations (48 x 400GB) = 19.2TB q 450GB drive configurations (48 x 450GB) = 21.6TB
Disk Drives
q q q q q
500GB drive configurations (48 x 500GB) = 24.0TB 600GB drive configurations (48 x 600GB) = 28.8TB 750GB drive configurations (48 x 750GB) = 36.0TB 1TB drive configurations (48 x 1TB) = 48TB 2TB drive configurations (48 x 2TB) = 96TB
The ST2540 controller trays and ST2501 disk expansion trays are available with either AC or DC power. Each ST2540 and ST2501 tray includes (2) AC or DC power-fan assemblies. q A fully loaded ST2540 or ST2501 tray can operate with (1) power-fan assembly. q Power-fan assemblies are hot-swappable. q Each power supply has an external power connections. q DC power configurations now supported for the 2540 FC Array and 2501 SAS Expansion arrays.
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
External Ports
Notes
The ST2540 Controller Tray has FC ports for host connectivity. q FC ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (2) 4Gb FC ports for host connectivity. q Each RAID controller includes (2) 4Gb shortwave SFP's. q The 4Gb FC ports are backwards 2Gb and 1Gb compatible. q Fibre cables for connection to host are not included and need to be ordered separately. The ST2540 Controller Tray has SAS ports to connect ST2501 drive expansion trays. q SAS ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (1) SAS port for ST2501 connectivity. r ST2540 trays with (1) RAID controller are used to connect to ST2501 trays which have (1) IOM. r ST2540 trays with (2) RAID controllers are used to connect to ST2501 trays which have (2) IOM's. q SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". q SAS interconnect cables for connection to ST2501 trays are included with ST2501 trays. r Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect
cable. Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables.
SAS Ports The ST2501 Drive Expansion Tray has SAS ports to connect to the ST2540 controller tray (or other upstream ST2501 tray). q SAS ports are located on the I/O Modules (IOM's). q Each IOM has (2) SAS ports for connectivity ST2540 (or upstream ST2501 tray). r ST2501 trays with (1) IOM's are used to connect to ST2540 trays which have (1) RAID controllers. r ST2501 trays with (2) IOM's are used to connect to ST2540 trays which have (2) RAID controllers. q SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". q SAS interconnect cables for connection to ST2501 trays are included with ST2501 trays. r Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) 1-meter SAS interconnect cable. r Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) 1-meter SAS interconnect cables. The ST2540 Controller Tray has ethernet ports for remote management. q Ethernet ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (1) RJ45 gigabit ethernet port.
Ethernet Ports
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.39" (86.1mm) per tray 17.66" (448.6mm) per tray 21.26" (540mm) per tray 59.55 lbs (27.01kg) per tray (full)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption AC Version: 90 - 264 VAC DC Version: -36 VDC to -72 VDC AC Version: 1.9A @ 240 VAC DC Version: N/A AC Version: 400W DC Version: 445W
BTU's
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU Per Tray
q q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N 72" StorEdge Expansion Cabinet Any 19-inch wide, 4-post, EIA-compatible rack or cabinet with a front-toback depth between vertical cabinet rails of 61 cm to 91 cm (24" to 36").
Ships With
Sun StorageTek 2540 Controller Trays include: q Two 4Gbps FC short wave SFPs per FC control module q Two 6-meter RJ45-RJ45 ethernet cables, 1 per controller module q One RJ45-DIN9 cable q One RJ45-DB9 adapter q One null modem adapter q Sun STK CAM software CD Sun StorageTek 2501 Drive Expansion Trays include: q Single or dual SAS I/O modules per tray q One 1-meter copper SAS interconnect cable per SAS I/O module
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.60 2011/01/03 23:52:20 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Front View Rear View
Family Info
Codename: Hickory SAS (or maybe Keystone) Oracle BOM Code: 2530FAMILY
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Not Available
Features
3Gb SAS Host Interface Ports Up to 28.8TB of Raw SAS Storage SAS and SATA Disk Drives Up to 96TB of Raw SATA Storage
Single or Dual Hardware RAID 1GB or 512MB Cache per Controllers RAID Controller Supports RAID Levels 0, 1, 1+0, 3, 5, 6 AC and DC Power Available NEBS Level 3 Certified Data Services Software Available Redundant Power and Cooling 2RU Rackmount Form Factor (per tray)
Documentation
System
Notes
The Sun StorageTek 2530 is a "Hardware RAID" storage solution with "SAS to Host Connectivity" and uses "SAS or SATA Disk Drives". A Sun StorageTek 2530 configuration can scale from (5) up to (48) SAS or SATA disk drives. q The ST2530 controller tray contains (5) up to (12) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a ST2530 configuration, (1) to (3) ST2501 drive expansion trays can be connected. Note: q Choose the ST2540 array over the ST2530 if "Fibre Channel to Host Connectivity" is needed instead of SAS connectivity.
q
System Information
q
05/22/07 - The Sun StorageTek 2530 (AC power version) was originally announced. Only 512MB cache RAID controllers were available. A max of two ST2501 expansion trays were supported in a config (36 drives max in config) at this time. See intro for details. 08/07/07 - DC power supply upgrade kit is announced. Customers with AC power ST2530 arrays can convert to DC power if needed (DC powered configurations for ST2530 still not available at this time). See intro for details. 03/04/08 - The configuring of DC powered ST2530s is now available. See intro for details. 04/01/08 - Announcing that a max of three ST2501 expansion trays are now supported in a config (48 drives max in config). Latest firmware and CAM version required at this time for this support. See intro for details. 12/09/08 - The 1GB cache RAID controller is announced (customers now have the choice of either 512MB or 1GB cache RAID controllers) . See intro for details. 08/18/09 - New premium features software licensing (i.e. Domain, Snapshot, and Volume Copy) is announced for array/feature consolidation. See intro and quick facts document for details. The LOD
for the old software licenses is 12/04/09. 10/19/10 - Transitioning all PTO standard configuration part numbers for Sun StorageTek 2530 and 2501 arrays. The LOD for the PTO standard configurations is 12/01/10. The ATO factory installed part numbers remain available for product quoting. The Sun ST2500 family arrays are only available in W5C Configurator when using the Sun legacy price list. See (FY11 Systems Update#10, ID#11293) for all ST2500 part numbers that were EOLd. 11/16/10 - Transitioning all parts and options for Sun StorageTek 2530 and 2501 arrays. The LOD is 12/31/10. See (FY11 Systems Update#12, ID#11294) for all ST2500 part numbers that were EOLd.
System Installation
Installation charges for new orders. q EIS-2530ARRAY-E - Installation of SunStorageTek 2530 Array during local business. Additional expansion tray must use EIS-2501TRAY-E (1 per tray) q EIS-2530ARRAY-E-AH - Installation of SunStorageTek 2530 Array during local business. Additional expansion tray must use EIS2501TRAY-E-AH (1 per tray) q EIS-2501TRAY-E - Installation of SunStorageTek 2501 Expansion tray into a new or existing SunStorageTek 2530 or 2540 array during local business. 1 part number per tray. q EIS-2501TRAY-E-AH - Installation of SunStorageTek 2501 Expansion tray into a new or existing SunStorageTek 2530 or 2540 array during local business. 1 part number per tray.
Software
Notes
The ST2530 array uses "Common Array Manager (CAM)" management software, and the available data services for the ST2530 include "Sun StorageTek Storage Domains", "Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot" and "Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy". Common Array Manager (CAM): q CAM software is a no-charge product and is included with every ST2530 array. q CAM is a browser-based, application-oriented management console from which all of the array's functionality is accessed. q With features like Storage Profiles and a built-in performance utility, this software simplifies administration and enables comprehensive management of multiple arrays (e.g., 2500s, 6000s, J4000s). Sun StorageTek Storage Domains (Included / Optional): q Sun StorageTek Storage Domains segment storage capacity by host and applications and enables storage consolidation in multi-platform environments.
q q q q
q q
Available via 2, 4, or 16 domain licenses. Each ST2530 includes a "2 domain" RTU license. Optional 4 and 16 domain RTU licenses are available. The product group states that 4 domains is the recommended base quantity. The ST2530 uses "Tier 0" licenses. The previous license ordering process was not Tier based and allowed customers to order up to 32 domains. If a customer needs to order 32 domain licenses you should contact the product group as they may be able to provide a solution.
Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot enables customers to create spaceefficient, point-in-time images of their critical volumes, which can be used to eliminate the backup window and rapidly recover data. q Up to 8 Copy-On-Write snaps per volume. (Up to 128 per array). q Licensed on a per array bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Snapshot RTU license also includes license for Data Volume Copy. q The ST2530 uses "Tier 0" licenses. Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy enables customers to create a complete physical copy, or a clone, of a volume within a storage system. The clone volume is a unique entity that can be assigned to any host and used by applications requiring a point-in-time (PiT) copy of production data. q Licensed on a per array bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Volume Copy RTU license also includes license for Data Snapshot. q Supports up to 255 total volume copies. q The ST2530 uses "Tier 0" licenses.
Hardware
Notes
A Sun StorageTek 2530 controller tray houses the hardware RAID controller(s), disk drives, and power-fan assemblies. q A ST2530 controller tray is available with (1) or (2) hardware RAID controllers. r Each RAID controller has 512MB or 1GB of battery-backed cache. r Supports RAID Levels: 0, 1, 1+0, 3, 5 and 6. r Each RAID controller has (3) SAS ports for host connectivity. r Each RAID controller also has (1) SAS port for ST2501 expansion tray connectivity. r A controller tray with a single RAID controller can be upgraded to a dual-controller tray by adding the x-option RAID controller. r If a controller tray is upgraded from single to dual RAID controllers, the attached expansion trays must be upgraded to dual IOMs (using the x-option IOM upgrade part) to maintain the proper connectivity to the controller trays. q From (5) up to (12) disk drives are supported in a ST2530 controller tray. r To add more storage capacity to a ST2530 configuration, (1) to (3) ST2501 drive expansion trays can be connected. r See "Disk Drives" section below for a list of supported drives. q A ST2530 controller tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. r A fully loaded ST2530 controller tray can operate with (1) powerfan assembly. r See "Power and Cooling" section below for additional power ST2530 Controller supply and fan details. Tray Notes: q Existing ST2530 trays with a single RAID controller can be upgraded to dual RAID controller trays. r Order (1) XTA-2530-CTRL-512M controller to upgrade trays with a single 512MB RAID controller. r Order (1) XTA-2530-CTRL-1GB controller to upgrade trays with a single 1GB RAID controller. r When adding a 2nd RAID controller to an existing ST2530 controller tray, a 2nd IOM (XTA-2501-IOM) will also be needed for each ST2501 expansion tray in the config that currently has only a single IOM. q Existing ST2530 trays with 512MB RAID controller(s) can be upgraded to 1GB RAID controller trays. r Order (1) XTA-2500-1GBMEM cache DIMM to upgrade trays with a single 512MB RAID controller. r Order (2) XTA-2500-1GBMEM cache DIMMs to upgrade trays with dual 512MB RAID controllers. r One DIMM is needed per RAID controller. r It is required that both RAID controllers have the same cache size. r These upgrades may require array firmware and CAM software upgrades as well, see ST2500 docs for any dependencies.
The Sun StorageTek 2501 drive expansion trays are used to add storage capacity to ST2530 controller trays. Up to (3) ST2501 trays can be added to a ST2530 controller tray. A ST2501 drive expansion tray houses disk drives, I/O modules (IOMs) and power-fan assemblies. q A ST2501 drive expansion tray is available with (1) or (2) I/O modules (IOM's). r The IOM's in the ST2501 trays are to connect to the ST2530 controller tray or another upstream ST2501 expansion tray. r Each IOM has (2) SAS ports for connectivity ST2530 (or upstream ST2501 tray). r ST2501 trays with (1) IOM are used to connect to ST2530 trays which have (1) hardware RAID controllers. r ST2501 trays with (2) IOM's are used to connect to ST2530 trays which have (2) hardware RAID controllers. ST2501 Expansion r The SAS interconnect cables needed to connect ST2501 trays are Tray included with the ST2501 trays. s Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable. s Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables. q From (5) up to (12) disk drives are supported in a ST2501 disk expansion tray. r See "Disk Drives" section below for a list of supported drives. q A ST2501 disk expansion tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. r A fully loaded ST2501 tray can operate with (1) power-fan assembly. r See "Power and Cooling" section below for additional power supply and fan details. Each ST2530 Controller Tray and ST2501 Disk Expansion Tray contain between 5 (min) and 12 (max) SAS or SATA disk drives. q Mixing SAS and SATA drives is supported. Drive Specifications: q 73GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 146GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 400GB drive: (SAS 10K RPM) q 450GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 600GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 500GB drive: (SATA 7.2K RPM) q 750GB drive: (SATA 7.2K RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA-II 7.2K RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA-II 7.2K RPM)
Disk Drives
Max ST2530 Controller Tray Raw Storage Capacities (per Tray): q 73GB drive configurations (12 x 73GB) = 876GB q 146GB drive configurations (12 x 146GB) = 1.7TB q 300GB drive configurations (12 x 300GB) = 3.6TB q 400GB drive configurations (12 x 400GB) = 4.8TB q 450GB drive configurations (12 x 450GB) = 5.4TB q 500GB drive configurations (12 x 500GB) = 6.0TB q 600GB drive configurations (12 x 600GB) = 7.2TB q 750GB drive configurations (12 x 750GB) = 9.0TB q 1TB drive configurations (12 x 1TB) = 12TB q 2TB drive configurations (12 x 2TB) = 24TB Max ST2530 Configuration Raw Storage Capacities (1 ST2530 tray + 3 ST2501 trays): q 73GB drive configurations (48 x 73GB) = 3.5TB q 146GB drive configurations (48 x 146GB) = 7.0TB q 300GB drive configurations (48 x 300GB) = 14.4TB q 400GB drive configurations (48 x 400GB) = 19.2TB q 450GB drive configurations (48 x 450GB) = 21.6TB q 500GB drive configurations (48 x 500GB) = 24.0TB q 600GB drive configurations (48 x 600GB) = 28.8TB q 750GB drive configurations (48 x 750GB) = 36.0TB q 1TB drive configurations (48 x 1TB) = 48TB q 2TB drive configurations (48 x 2TB) = 96TB The ST2530 controller trays and ST2501 disk expansion trays are available with either AC or DC power. Each ST2530 and ST2501 tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. q A fully loaded ST2530 or ST2501 tray can operate with (1) power-fan assembly. q Power-fan assemblies are hot-swappable. q Each power supply has an external power connections. q DC power configurations are available for the 2501 SAS Expansion Arrays. q DC power configurations for the 2530 Controller Trays will be available after RR. r Until DC configurations are available for the ST2530, any DC ST2530 tray solution needed would need to be achieved by swapping out the AC power supplies with DC power supplies. This is accomplished by ordering qty (2) of x-option XTA-25002UDC-KIT
Supported Connectivity
Notes
Supported Connectivity
See Storage Interop Tool (login required) for a list of supported host systems, operating systems and HBAs.
External Ports
Fibre Channel Ports
Notes
None, the ST2530 has SAS ports for host connectivity. The ST2530 Controller Tray has SAS ports for host connectivity. q SAS ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (3) 3Gb SAS ports for host connectivity. q SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". q SAS cables for connection to host are not included and need to be ordered separately. The ST2530 Controller Tray has SAS ports to connect ST2501 drive expansion trays. q SAS ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (1) SAS port for ST2501 connectivity. r ST2530 trays with (1) RAID controller are used to connect to ST2501 trays which have (1) IOM. r ST2530 trays with (2) RAID controllers are used to connect to ST2501 trays which have (2) IOM's. q SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". q SAS interconnect cables for connection to ST2501 trays are included with ST2501 trays. r Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable. r Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables. The ST2501 Drive Expansion Tray has SAS ports to connect to the ST2530 controller tray (or other upstream ST2501 tray). q SAS ports are located on the I/O Modules (IOM's). q Each IOM has (2) SAS ports for connectivity ST2530 (or upstream ST2501 tray). r ST2501 trays with (1) IOM's are used to connect to ST2530 trays which have (1) RAID controllers. r ST2501 trays with (2) IOM's are used to connect to ST2530 trays which have (2) RAID controllers. q SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". q SAS interconnect cables for connection to ST2501 trays are included with ST2501 trays. r Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable. r Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect
SAS Ports
cables. The ST2530 Controller Tray has ethernet ports for remote management. q Ethernet ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (1) RJ45 gigabit ethernet port.
Ethernet Ports
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.39" (86.1mm) per tray 17.66" (448.6mm) per tray 21.26" (540mm) per tray 59.55 lbs (27.01kg) per tray (full)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's AC Version: 90 - 264 VAC DC Version: -36 VDC to -72 VDC AC Version: 3.96A max operating (115 VAC) AC Version: 2.06A max operating (240 VAC) DC Version: 17A max operating (-40 to -60 VDC) AC Version: TBD DC Version: 445W AC Version: TBD DC Version: 1519 BTU/Hr
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU Per Tray
q q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N 72" StorEdge Expansion Cabinet Any 19-inch wide, 4-post, EIA-compatible rack or cabinet with a front-toback depth between vertical cabinet rails of 61 cm to 91 cm (24" to 36").
Ships With
Sun StorageTek 2530 Controller Trays include: q Two 6-meter RJ45-RJ45 ethernet cables per controller q One RJ45-DIN9 cable q One RJ45-DB9 adapter q One null modem adapter q Sun STK CAM software CD including firmware updates Sun StorageTek 2501 Drive Expansion Trays include: q Single or dual SAS I/O modules per tray q One 1-meter copper SAS interconnect cables per I/O module
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.60 2011/01/03 23:59:38 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Views
Codename: Omaha iSCSI Front View
Family Info
Ordering Available
New Sale: Available Used Sale: Not Available
Features
1Gb iSCSI Host Interface Ports Up to 28.8TB of Raw SAS Storage Single or Dual Hardware RAID Controllers SAS and SATA Disk Drives Up to 96TB of Raw SATA Storage 1GB or 512MB Cache per RAID Controller
Supports RAID Levels 0, 1, 1+0, Data Services Software Available 3, 5, 6 AC or DC Power NEBS Level 3 Certified Redundant Power and Cooling 2RU Rackmount Form Factor (per tray)
System
Notes
The Sun StorageTek 2510 is a "Hardware RAID" storage solution with "iSCSI to Host Connectivity" and uses "SAS or SATA Disk Drives". A Sun StorageTek 2510 configuration can scale from (5) up to (48) SAS or SATA disk drives. q The ST2510 controller tray contains (5) up to (12) disk drives. q To add more storage capacity to a ST2510 configuration, (1) to (3) ST2501 drive expansion trays can be connected.
q
System Information
01/29/08 - The Sun StorageTek 2510 (AC version) was originally announced. Only 512MB cache RAID controllers were available. A max of two ST2501 expansion trays were supported in a config (36 drives max in config) at this time. See intro for details. 03/04/08 - The configuring of DC powered ST2510s is now available. See intro for details. 04/01/08 - Announcing that a max of three ST2501 expansion trays are now supported in a config (48 drives max in config). Latest firmware and CAM version required at this time for this support. See intro for details. 12/09/08 - The 1GB cache RAID controller is announced (customers now have the choice of either 512MB or 1GB cache RAID controllers) . See intro for details. 08/18/09 - New premium features software licensing (i.e. Domain, Snapshot, and Volume Copy) is announced for array/feature consolidation. See intro and quick facts document for details. The LOD for the old software licenses is 12/04/09. 10/19/10 - Transitioning all PTO standard configuration part numbers for Sun StorageTek 2510 and 2501 arrays. The LOD for the PTO standard configurations is 12/01/10. The ATO factory installed part numbers remain available for product quoting. The Sun ST2500 family arrays are only available in W5C Configurator when using the Sun legacy price list. See (FY11 Systems Update#10, ID#11293) for all ST2500 part numbers that were EOLd. 11/16/10 - Transitioning all parts and options for Sun StorageTek 2510 and 2501 arrays. The LOD is 12/31/10. See (FY11 Systems Update#12, ID#11294) for all ST2500 part numbers that were EOLd.
System Installation
Installation charges for new orders. q EIS-2510ARRAY-E - Installation of SunStorageTek 2510 Array during local business. Additional expansion tray must use EIS-2501TRAY-E (1 per tray). q EIS-2510ARRAY-E-AH - Installation of SunStorageTek 2510 Array after local business. Additional expansion tray must use EIS-2501TRAYE-AH (1 per tray). q EIS-2501TRAY-E - Installation of SunStorageTek 2501 Expansion tray into a new or existing SunStorageTek 2510 array during local business. 1 part number per tray. q EIS-2501TRAY-E-AH - Installation of SunStorageTek 2501 Expansion tray into a new or existing SunStorageTek 2510 array after local business. 1 part number per tray.
Software
Notes
The ST2510 array uses "Common Array Manager (CAM)" management software, and the available data services for the ST2510 include "Sun StorageTek Storage Domains", "Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot" and "Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy". Common Array Manager (CAM): q CAM software is a no-charge product and is included with every ST2510 array. q CAM is a browser-based, application-oriented management console from which all of the array's functionality is accessed. q With features like Storage Profiles and a built-in performance utility, this software simplifies administration and enables comprehensive management of multiple arrays (e.g., 2500s, 6000s, J4000s). Sun StorageTek Storage Domains (Included / Optional): q Sun StorageTek Storage Domains segment storage capacity by host and applications and enables storage consolidation in multi-platform environments. q Available via 2, 4, or 16 domain licenses. q Each ST2510 includes a "2 domain" RTU license. q Optional 4 and 16 domain RTU licenses are available. q The product group states that 4 domains is the recommended base quantity. q The ST2510 uses "Tier 0" licenses. q The previous license ordering process was not Tier based and allowed customers to order up to 32 domains. If a customer needs to order 32 domain licenses you should contact the product group as they may be able to provide a solution. Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot (Optional):
q q
Sun StorageTek Data Snapshot enables customers to create spaceefficient, point-in-time images of their critical volumes, which can be used to eliminate the backup window and rapidly recover data. Up to 8 Copy-On-Write snaps per volume. (Up to 128 per array). Licensed on a per array bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). A Data Snapshot RTU license also includes license for Data Volume Copy. The ST2510 uses "Tier 0" licenses.
Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy (Optional): q Sun StorageTek Data Volume Copy enables customers to create a complete physical copy, or a clone, of a volume within a storage system. The clone volume is a unique entity that can be assigned to any host and used by applications requiring a point-in-time (PiT) copy of production data. q Licensed on a per array bases, the license is good for whatever capacity the customer needs per individual array (no tiers or limits). q A Data Volume Copy RTU license also includes license for Data Snapshot. q The ST2510 uses "Tier 0" licenses.
Hardware
Notes
A Sun StorageTek 2510 controller tray houses the hardware RAID controller(s), disk drives, and power-fan assemblies. q A ST2510 controller tray is available with (1) or (2) hardware RAID controllers. r Each RAID controller has 512MB or 1GB of battery-backed cache. r Supports RAID Levels: 0, 1, 1+0, 3, 5 and 6. r Each RAID controller has (2) iSCSI ports (1Gb) for host connectivity. r Each RAID controller has (1) SAS port for ST2501 expansion tray connectivity. q From (5) up to (12) disk drives are supported in a ST2510 controller tray. r To add more storage capacity to a ST2510 configuration, (1) to (3) ST2501 drive expansion trays can be connected. r See "Disk Drives" section below for a list of supported drives. q A ST2510 controller tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. r A fully loaded ST2510 controller tray can operate with (1) powerfan assembly. r See "Power and Cooling" section below for additional power supply and fan details.
Existing ST2510 trays with a single RAID controller can be upgraded to dual RAID controller trays. r Order (1) XTA-2510-CTRL-512M controller to upgrade trays with a single 512MB RAID controller. r Order (1) XTA-2510-CTRL-1GB controller to upgrade trays with a single 1GB RAID controller. r When adding a 2nd RAID controller to an existing ST2510 controller tray, a 2nd IOM (XTA-2501-IOM) will also be needed for each ST2501 expansion tray in the config that currently has only a single IOM. Existing ST2510 trays with 512MB RAID controller(s) can be upgraded to 1GB RAID controller trays. r Order (1) XTA-2500-1GBMEM cache DIMM to upgrade trays with a single 512MB RAID controller. r Order (2) XTA-2500-1GBMEM cache DIMMs to upgrade trays with dual 512MB RAID controllers. r One DIMM is needed per RAID controller. r It is required that both RAID controllers have the same cache size. r These upgrades may require array firmware and CAM software upgrades as well, see ST2500 docs for any dependencies.
The Sun StorageTek 2501 drive expansion trays are used to add storage capacity to ST2510 controller trays. Up to (3) ST2501 trays can be added to a ST2510 controller tray. A ST2501 drive expansion tray houses disk drives, I/O modules (IOMs) and power-fan assemblies. q A ST2501 drive expansion tray is available with (1) or (2) I/O modules (IOM's). r The IOM's in the ST2501 trays are to connect to the ST2510 controller tray or another upstream ST2501 expansion tray. r Each IOM has (2) SAS ports for connectivity ST2510 (or upstream ST2501 tray). r ST2501 trays with (1) IOM are used to connect to ST2510 trays which have (1) hardware RAID controllers. r ST2501 trays with (2) IOM's are used to connect to ST2510 trays which have (2) hardware RAID controllers. ST2501 Expansion r The SAS interconnect cables needed to connect ST2501 trays are Tray included with the ST2501 trays. s Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable. s Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables. q From (5) up to (12) disk drives are supported in a ST2501 disk expansion tray. r See "Disk Drives" section below for a list of supported drives. q A ST2501 disk expansion tray includes (2) power-fan assemblies. r A fully loaded ST2501 tray can operate with (1) power-fan
assembly. See "Power and Cooling" section below for additional power supply and fan details.
Each ST2510 Controller Tray and ST2501 Disk Expansion Tray contain between 5 (min) and 12 (max) SAS or SATA disk drives. q Mixing SAS and SATA drives is supported. Drive Specifications q 73GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 146GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 300GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 400GB drive: (SAS 10K RPM) q 450GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 600GB drive: (SAS 15K RPM) q 500GB drive: (SATA 7.2K RPM) q 750GB drive: (SATA 7.2K RPM) q 1TB drive: (SATA-II 7.2K RPM) q 2TB drive: (SATA-II 7.2K RPM) Max ST2510 Controller Tray Raw Storage Capacities (per Tray) q 73GB drive configurations (12 x 73GB) = 876GB q 146GB drive configurations (12 x 146GB) = 1.7TB q 300GB drive configurations (12 x 300GB) = 3.6TB q 400GB drive configurations (12 x 400GB) = 4.8TB q 450GB drive configurations (12 x 450GB) = 5.4TB q 500GB drive configurations (12 x 500GB) = 6.0TB q 600GB drive configurations (12 x 600GB) = 7.2TB q 750GB drive configurations (12 x 750GB) = 9.0TB q 1TB drive configurations (12 x 1TB) = 12TB q 2TB drive configurations (12 x 2TB) = 24TB Max ST2510 Configuration Raw Storage Capacities (1 ST2510 tray + 3 ST2501 trays) q 73GB drive configurations (48 x 73GB) = 3.5TB q 146GB drive configurations (48 x 146GB) = 7.0TB q 300GB drive configurations (48 x 300GB) = 14.4TB q 400GB drive configurations (48 x 400GB) = 19.2TB q 450GB drive configurations (48 x 450GB) = 21.6TB q 500GB drive configurations (48 x 500GB) = 24.0TB q 600GB drive configurations (48 x 600GB) = 28.8TB q 750GB drive configurations (48 x 750GB) = 36.0TB q 1TB drive configurations (48 x 1TB) = 48TB q 2TB drive configurations (48 x 2TB) = 96TB
Disk Drives
The ST2510 controller trays and ST2501 disk expansion trays are available with either AC or DC power. Each ST2510 and ST2501 tray includes (2) AC or DC power-fan assemblies. q A fully loaded ST2510 or ST2501 tray can operate with (1) power-fan assembly. q Power-fan assemblies are hot-swappable. q Each power supply has an external power connections. q DC power configurations now supported for the 2510 iSCSI Array and 2501 SAS Expansion arrays.
Supported Connectivity
Supported Connectivity
Notes
The 2510 array is an iSCSI device that gets connected via Ethernet so it does not require an HBA. The product group has stated that any Ethernet port supported under Solaris (any port in any of our Sun/SPARC servers) is supported connected to the 2510 array.
External Ports
Notes
The ST2510 Controller Tray has iSCSI ports for host connectivity. q iSCSI ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (2) 1Gb iSCSI ports for host connectivity. q iSCSI cables for connection to host are not included and need to be ordered separately. The ST2510 Controller Tray has SAS ports to connect ST2501 drive expansion trays. q SAS ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (1) SAS port for ST2501 connectivity. r ST2510 trays with (1) RAID controller are used to connect to ST2501 trays which have (1) IOM. r ST2510 trays with (2) RAID controllers are used to connect to ST2501 trays which have (2) IOM's. q SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". q SAS interconnect cables for connection to ST2501 trays are included with ST2501 trays. r Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable. r Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables.
iSCSI Ports
SAS Ports
The ST2501 Drive Expansion Tray has SAS ports to connect to the ST2510 controller tray (or other upstream ST2501 tray). q SAS ports are located on the I/O Modules (IOM's).
q q
Each IOM has (2) SAS ports for connectivity to a ST2510 (or upstream ST2501 tray). r ST2501 trays with (1) IOM's are used to connect to ST2510 trays which have (1) RAID controllers. r ST2501 trays with (2) IOM's are used to connect to ST2510 trays which have (2) RAID controllers. SAS ports are "Mini SAS ports with SFF-8088 connectors". SAS interconnect cables for connection to ST2501 trays are included with ST2501 trays. r Single IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (1) SAS interconnect cable. r Dual IOM ST2501 configurations ship with (2) SAS interconnect cables.
Ethernet Ports
The ST2510 Controller Tray has ethernet ports for remote management. q Ethernet ports are located on the RAID controllers. q Each RAID controller has (1) RJ45 gigabit ethernet port.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 3.39" (86.1mm) per tray 17.66" (448.6mm) per tray 21.26" (540mm) per tray 59.55 lbs (27.01kg) per tray (full)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's AC Version: 90 - 264 VAC DC Version: -36 VDC to -72 VDC AC Version: 3.96A max operating (115 VAC) AC Version: 2.06A max operating (240 VAC) DC Version: 17A max operating (-40 to -60 VDC) AC Version: TBD DC Version: 445W AC Version: TBD DC Version: 1519 BTU/Hr
Rack Info
Rack Units 2RU Per Tray
q q q q
Supported Racks
q q q q
Sun Rack 1242 Sun Rack 1042 Sun Rack 1000-42 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 900-36N 72" StorEdge Expansion Cabinet Any 19-inch wide, 4-post, EIA-compatible rack or cabinet with a front-toback depth between vertical cabinet rails of 61 cm to 91 cm (24" to 36").
Ships With
Sun StorageTek 2510 Controller Trays include: q Two 6-meter RJ45-RJ45 ethernet cables, 1 per controller module q One RJ45-DIN9 cable q One RJ45-DB9 adapter q One null modem adapter q Sun STK CAM software CD Sun StorageTek 2501 Drive Expansion Trays include: q Single or dual SAS I/O modules per tray q One 1-meter copper SAS interconnect cable per SAS I/O module
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.47 2011/01/04 00:06:23 pb233676 Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra st A1000
Last Order Date: June 04, 2004
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Avalanche
Software
Notes
Hardware
Array Enclosure
Notes
The A1000 consists of: q Array enclosure with 4-12 SCSI disk srives q Intelligent Hardware Raid Controller with battery backup q Redundant Power/Cooling Units Drive Specifications q 18GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM q 36GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM
Disk Drives
A1000 Raw Storage Capacities full capacity - 12 drives q 18GB drive configurations: (216GB) q 36GB drive configurations: (436GB)
Single Hardware raid controller with caching controller and battery backup. q The hardware controller in the Netra st A1000 array supports RAID 0, 1, 1+0, 3, and 5. q The base configuration includes 16 MB of data cache memory and 8 MB Array Controllers of CPU memory for instruction cache. q The controller board includes capacity for 64 MB of data cache memory and 16 MB of CPU memory for instruction cache. q The Pentium chip is a 100-MHz processor, which is a socketed PGA part. The RAID controller includes a battery-backed cache controller. q The base configuration includes 16 MB of data cache memory and 8 MB of CPU memory for instruction cache. q A1000 controller cache can be upgraded with additional 64MB controller cache. There is one open expansion bank (consisting of 2 slots) for cache. q Cache must be upgraded via one pair X7040A (pair of 32MB cache sticks). q The data cache is protected from a power failure by a lead acid rechargeable battery. q A fully charged battery will protect the cache for a minimum of 72 hours.
Cache
Each A1000 contains two hot-swappable Power Cooling Units (PCU). q Two redundant hot swappable Power/Cooling Units with fault sensing and failover. q A single power supply can handle the start-up power surge for all disks. In addition, a power supply can be replaced while the Netra st A1000 tray is in operation. q Dual fan trays, each with two fans. Fans speed up in response to higher temperatures. Three out of four active fans will cool the interface board indefinitely. Two fans will support the tray for eight hours.
Supported Connectivity
Operating Systems
q
Notes
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 Operating Environment
Connected to X6541A PCI Differential Ultra SCSI HBA: q Netra 120, t 1120, 1125, 1400, 1405 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 420R, 3500, 4500, 5500 and 6500 Connected to X1065A SBus Differential Ultra SCSI HBA: q Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500 and 6500 PCI Differential Connectivity (X6541A): q X3832A (VHDCI to HD-68 pin) 2M q X3830A (VHDCI to HD-68 pin) 4M q X3831A (VHDCI to HD-68 pin) 10M
SBUS Differential Connectivity (X1065A): q X902A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 2M q X1139A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 2M q X3810A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 4M q X979A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 12M
External Ports
Notes
Two 68 pinmini SCSI ports. q One IN SCSI port and one OUT SCSI (single host only, except in Cluster). q Up to 15 Netra st A1000 arrays can be daisy-chained on the same UltraSCSI bus. q Ships with terminator installed (150-1890).
SCSI
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 7.0" (175mm) 17.6" (449.4mm) 21.0" (532.5mm) 73 lbs (33.2kg) (Fully loaded)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage Input Current Power Consumption BTU's 100-240VAC, single-phase (47-63Hz) 5A@100 VAC 260 Watts 1,092
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q q
Supported Racks
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
q q
q q q q
One AC power cord (not needed for DC versions of the Netra st system). Four DC plug connectors (not needed for AC versions of the Netra st system). Two DC plug connectors for input cables. Two spare DC plug connectors. UltraSCSI cables. Two passive terminators. Four spare bumper feet.
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.20 2006/02/16 19:25:00 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Netra st D1000
Last Order Date: June 04, 2004
Return to Netra Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Avalanche
Software
Application and Management Software None included with the D1000.
Notes
Hardware
Notes
Array Enclosure
The D1000 consists of: q Array enclosure with 4-12 SCSI disk drives. q Redundant Power/Cooling Units (AC or DC). q The Netra st D1000 array has two UltraSCSI channels, with four UltraSCSI connections. q The Netra st D1000 array backplane is split into two six-drive SCSI segments, which can be connected to different servers and daisy-chained in separate SCSI chains. Drive Specifications q 18GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM q 36GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM
Disk Drives
D1000 Raw Storage Capacities full capacity - 12 drives q 18GB drive configurations: (216GB) q 36GB drive configurations: (436GB) The Netra st D1000 array has two UltraSCSI channels, with four UltraSCSI connections. q The Netra st D1000 array backplane is split into two six-drive SCSI segments, which can be connected to different servers and daisy-chained in separate SCSI chains. q Optionally, two of the UltraSCSI connections in a Netra st D1000 array can be jumpered to create a single 12-drive SCSI segment. q Each SCSI channel supports six 1-inch UltraSCSI 10000-rpm disks. None Each D1000 contains two AC or DC hot-swappable Power Cooling Units (PCU). q Two redundant hot swappable Power/Cooling Units with fault sensing and failover. q A single power supply can handle the start-up power surge for all disks. In addition, a power supply can be replaced while the Netra st D1000 tray is in operation. q Dual fan trays, each with two fans. Fans speed up in response to higher temperatures. Three out of four active fans will cool the interface board indefinitely. Two fans will support the tray for eight hours.
Array Controller
Cache
Supported Connectivity
Operating Systems
q
Notes
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 Operating Environment
Connected to X6541A PCI Differential Ultra SCSI HBA: q Netra 120, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405, ft 1800 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 420R, 3500, 4500, 5500 and 6500 Connected to X1065A SBus Differential Ultra FW HBA: q Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500 and 6500 PCI Differential Connectivity (X6541A) q X3832A (VHDCI to HD-68 pin) 2M q X3830A (VHDCI to HD-68 pin) 4M q X3831A (VHDCI to HD-68 pin) 10M
SBUS Differential Connectivity (X1065A) q X902A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 2M q X1139A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 2M q X3810A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 4M q X979A (HD-68 to HD-68 pin) 12M
External Ports
SCSI
Notes
The Netra st D1000 array has two UltraSCSI channels, with four UltraSCSI connections. q The four SCSI ports have HD-68 pin connections. q The ports are labeled SCSI A IN/OUT and a SCSI B IN/OUT.
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 7.0" (175mm) 17.6" (449.4mm) 21.0" (532.5mm) 71 lbs (32.3kg)
Electrical Specs
AC Power: q 100-240VAC, single-phase (47-63Hz) Input Voltage DC Power: q -48/-60 VDC
Rack Info
Rack Units 4RU
q q q
Supported Racks
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
q q
q q q q
One AC power cord (not needed for DC versions of the Netra st system). Four DC plug connectors (not needed for AC versions of the Netra st system). Two DC plug connectors for input cables. Two spare DC plug connectors. UltraSCSI cables. Two passive terminators. Four spare bumper feet.
Return to Top Return to Netra Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.20 2006/02/16 19:32:19 sbabb Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team
Sun StorEdge S1
Last Order Date: September 29, 2006 Return to Disk Guide Index Return to Netra (NEBS) Guide Index
Views
Front View Rear View Codename: Wiley Coyote
Software
Notes
Hardware
Array Enclosure The S1 consists of: q 1-3 SCSI disk drives
Notes
Drive Specifications q 36GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM q 73GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM q 146GB drive (SCSI) 10K RPM Disk Drives S1 Raw Storage Capacities full capacity - 3 drives q 36GB drive configurations: (109GB) q 73GB drive configurations: (220GB) q 146GB drive configurations: (438GB)
Supported Connectivity
Operating Systems
q
Notes
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Operating Environment
Connected to SG-XPCI2SCSI-LM320 PCI Dual-channel, Ultra320 LVD SCSI HBA (320MB/sec) q Sun Ultra 60, 80 q Sun Blade 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 q Sun Java Workstation W1100z, W2100z q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890, V1280 q Sun Fire 4800, 6800, 12K, 15K q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K q Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, t 100/105, 1120/1125, 1400/1405 Connected to SG-XPCI1SCSI-LM320 PCI Single-channel, Ultra320 LVD SCSI HBA (320MB/sec) q Sun Java Workstation W1100z, W2100z q Sun Fire X4200, V20z, V40z, T2000 Connected to X6758A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra3 LVD SCSI HBA (160MB/sec)
q q q q
q q q
Sun Ultra 30, 60, 80 Sun Blade 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890 Sun Fire V1280, 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K Netra 20, 120, AC200, DC200, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405
Connected to X4422A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra2 LVD SCSI HBA (80MB/sec) / Dual-ethernet 10/100/1000 q Sun Ultra 30, 60, 80 q Sun Blade 100, 150, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Enterprise 10000 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890 q Sun Fire V1280, 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K q Netra 20, 120, AC200, DC200, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405 Connected to X2222A PCI Dual-channel, Ultra2 LVD SCSI HBA (80MB/sec) / Dual-ethernet 10/100 q Sun Ultra 30, 60, 80 q Sun Blade 100, 150, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 q Sun Enterprise 220R, 250, 420R, 450 q Sun Enterprise 10000 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440, V480, V490, V880, V890 q Sun Fire V1280, 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900, 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K q Netra 20, 120, AC200, DC200, 240, 440, 1280, t 1120/1125, 1400/1405 Connected to X6540A PCI Dual-channel, Single-ended Ultra SCSI HBA (40MB/sec): q Sun Enterprise 220R, 420R q Sun Fire 280R, V440, V480, V490 1 1 q Sun Fire 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K , 15K 1 1 q Sun Fire Enterprise 4900, 6900, 20K , 25K q Netra 20, AC200, DC200, t 100/105, 1120/1125, 1400/1405 Connected to 1032A PCI Single-channel, Single-ended Ultra SCSI HBA (40MB/sec) / Ethernet 10/100: q Sun Enterprise 220R, 420R q Sun Enterprise 3x00, 4x00, 5x00, 6x00 q Sun Fire 280R, V440, V480, V490
q q q
Sun Fire 4800, 4810, 6800, 12K, 15K Sun Fire Enterprise 4900, 6900, 20K, 25K Netra 20, AC200/DC200, t 100/105, 1120/1125, 1400/1405
Connected to 1232A cPCI Single-channel, Single-ended Ultra SCSI HBA (40MB/sec) / Ethernet 10/100: q Sun Fire 3800, 4800, 4810, 6800 Connected to 1063A SBus Single-channel, Single-ended SCSI HBA (20MB/sec): q Enterprise 3x00, 4x00, 5x00, 6x00, 10000 Connected to 1018A SBus Single-channel, Single-ended SCSI HBA (20MB/sec) / Ethernet 10/100: q Enterprise 3x00, 4x00, 5x00, 6x00, 10000 Connected to Onboard Server SCSI Port: q Sun Enterprise 220R, 420R q Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500, 6500 q Sun Fire 280R, V120, V210, V240, V250, V440 q Sun Fire V1280 q Sun Fire Enterprise 2900 q Netra 20, 120, 240, 440, 1280, AC200/DC200, t 100/105, 1120/1125, 1400/1405 For use with SG-XPCI2SCSI-LM320, X6758A, X4422A, X2222A HBA's q X1132A(0.8m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3832A(2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830A(4m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3831A(10m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) For use with X1018A HBA q X1134A(0.8m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) q X1139A(2m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) q X9940A(4m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) For use with Sun Fire V210, V240, V250, Netra 240 Onboard SCSI Ports (LVD) q X1132A(0.8m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3832A(2m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3830A(4m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) q X3831A(10m HD68-VHDCI SCSI cable) SCSI Cable Support For use with Sun Fire V120, V440, V1280, E2900, Netra AC200/DC200, 120, 440, 1280 Onboard SCSI Ports (LVD)
q q q
X1134A(0.8m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) X1139A(2m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) X9940A(4m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable)
For use with Sun Fire 280R, Enterprise 220R, 420R, Netra 20, 1400/1405, 1120/1125 Onboard SCSI Ports (single-ended SCSI) q X1134A(0.8m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) q X1139A(2m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) q X9940A(4m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) For use with Sun Enterprise 3500, 4500, 5500, 6500 I/O Board Onboard SCSI Ports (single-ended SCSI) q X1134A(0.8m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) q X1139A(2m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) q X9940A(4m HD68-HD68 SCSI cable) LVD Connectivity (X6758A, X4422A, X2222A HBA's): q Up to four S1s can be daisy chained. See S1 JTF and Installation Guide for other server and cable restrictions. Single-ended Connectivity (X1032A, X1232A, X6540A): q Up to two S1s can be daisy chained. See S1 JTF and Installation Guide for other server and cable restrictions. Onboard SCSI Connectivity: q Up to (2) S1s can be daisy chained connected to the Netra T1 AC/DC200 q Up to (4) S1s can be daisy chained connected to the Sun Fire V120 q See S1 JTF and Installation Guide for other server and cable restrictions.
External Ports
SCSI Dual SCSI connectors (HD68)
Notes
Physical Specs
Height Width Depth Weight 1.73" (44mm) 17.16 " (436mm) 18.6" (472mm) 19.4 lbs (8.8kg)
Electrical Specs
Input Voltage
AC version: 100-240 VAC, single phase (47-63Hz) DC version: -48VDC to -60VDC AC version: 1.5A @ 100 VAC AC version: .8A @ 200 VAC DC version: 3.8A @ 40 VDC DC version: 3 @ 50 VDC 150W 512
Rack Info
Rack Units 1RU
q q
Supported Racks
q q
StorEdge 72" Expansion Cabinet Sun Rack 900-38 Sun Rack 1000-38 Sun Fire Cabinet
Ships With
q q q q q
Storage Subsystem Manager (SSM2.0) CD and doc Documentation One .8 Meter 68-68 pin cable (530-2383) Power cables (AC version only) DC connectors (DC version only)
Return to Top Return to Disk Guide Index Last Update Info: $Id: index.html,v 1.63 2007/09/30 23:40:48 ditore Exp $
Comments or feedback on the SE Handbook? Contact the GSC Global Technology Team